summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/obsolete
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2023-01-02 03:04:24 +0000
committerNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2023-01-02 03:04:24 +0000
commit4841af990664e40ab2f20099d8b39dabacf5ad0f (patch)
treeb08f6e0e8898fae8216c68b7f9db5d2df8724f5b /obsolete
parent57f42e641f5238555a3dea5284318dbbc679d053 (diff)
CTAN sync 202301020304
Diffstat (limited to 'obsolete')
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/License416
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/README.md41
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/elegantbook-cn.pdfbin0 -> 1091144 bytes
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/elegantbook-cn.tex1163
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/elegantbook-en.pdfbin0 -> 1041706 bytes
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/elegantbook-en.tex805
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/elegantbook.cls1483
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/figure/cover.jpgbin0 -> 426434 bytes
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/figure/logo-blue.pngbin0 -> 91664 bytes
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/image/founder.pngbin0 -> 89052 bytes
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/image/scatter.jpgbin0 -> 113385 bytes
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/reference.bib71
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/License416
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/README.md26
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/elegantnote-cn.pdfbin0 -> 338866 bytes
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/elegantnote-cn.tex258
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/elegantnote-en.pdfbin0 -> 338284 bytes
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/elegantnote-en.tex233
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/elegantnote.cls588
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/image/founder.pngbin0 -> 89052 bytes
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/image/logo-blue.pngbin0 -> 91664 bytes
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/image/logo.pngbin0 -> 91663 bytes
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/image/scatter.pdfbin0 -> 16037 bytes
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/image/scatter.py27
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/License416
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/README.md29
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/elegantpaper-cn.pdfbin0 -> 242547 bytes
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/elegantpaper-cn.tex205
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/elegantpaper-en.pdfbin0 -> 230027 bytes
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/elegantpaper-en.tex158
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/elegantpaper.cls371
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/image/founder.pngbin0 -> 89052 bytes
-rw-r--r--obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/reference.bib71
33 files changed, 6777 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/License b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/License
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2244313901
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/License
@@ -0,0 +1,416 @@
+The LaTeX Project Public License
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
+
+LPPL Version 1.3c 2008-05-04
+
+Copyright 1999 2002-2008 LaTeX3 Project
+ Everyone is allowed to distribute verbatim copies of this
+ license document, but modification of it is not allowed.
+
+
+PREAMBLE
+========
+
+The LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) is the primary license under
+which the LaTeX kernel and the base LaTeX packages are distributed.
+
+You may use this license for any work of which you hold the copyright
+and which you wish to distribute. This license may be particularly
+suitable if your work is TeX-related (such as a LaTeX package), but
+it is written in such a way that you can use it even if your work is
+unrelated to TeX.
+
+The section `WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE WORKS UNDER THIS LICENSE',
+below, gives instructions, examples, and recommendations for authors
+who are considering distributing their works under this license.
+
+This license gives conditions under which a work may be distributed
+and modified, as well as conditions under which modified versions of
+that work may be distributed.
+
+We, the LaTeX3 Project, believe that the conditions below give you
+the freedom to make and distribute modified versions of your work
+that conform with whatever technical specifications you wish while
+maintaining the availability, integrity, and reliability of
+that work. If you do not see how to achieve your goal while
+meeting these conditions, then read the document `cfgguide.tex'
+and `modguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution for suggestions.
+
+
+DEFINITIONS
+===========
+
+In this license document the following terms are used:
+
+ `Work'
+ Any work being distributed under this License.
+
+ `Derived Work'
+ Any work that under any applicable law is derived from the Work.
+
+ `Modification'
+ Any procedure that produces a Derived Work under any applicable
+ law -- for example, the production of a file containing an
+ original file associated with the Work or a significant portion of
+ such a file, either verbatim or with modifications and/or
+ translated into another language.
+
+ `Modify'
+ To apply any procedure that produces a Derived Work under any
+ applicable law.
+
+ `Distribution'
+ Making copies of the Work available from one person to another, in
+ whole or in part. Distribution includes (but is not limited to)
+ making any electronic components of the Work accessible by
+ file transfer protocols such as FTP or HTTP or by shared file
+ systems such as Sun's Network File System (NFS).
+
+ `Compiled Work'
+ A version of the Work that has been processed into a form where it
+ is directly usable on a computer system. This processing may
+ include using installation facilities provided by the Work,
+ transformations of the Work, copying of components of the Work, or
+ other activities. Note that modification of any installation
+ facilities provided by the Work constitutes modification of the Work.
+
+ `Current Maintainer'
+ A person or persons nominated as such within the Work. If there is
+ no such explicit nomination then it is the `Copyright Holder' under
+ any applicable law.
+
+ `Base Interpreter'
+ A program or process that is normally needed for running or
+ interpreting a part or the whole of the Work.
+
+ A Base Interpreter may depend on external components but these
+ are not considered part of the Base Interpreter provided that each
+ external component clearly identifies itself whenever it is used
+ interactively. Unless explicitly specified when applying the
+ license to the Work, the only applicable Base Interpreter is a
+ `LaTeX-Format' or in the case of files belonging to the
+ `LaTeX-format' a program implementing the `TeX language'.
+
+
+
+CONDITIONS ON DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+===========================================
+
+1. Activities other than distribution and/or modification of the Work
+are not covered by this license; they are outside its scope. In
+particular, the act of running the Work is not restricted and no
+requirements are made concerning any offers of support for the Work.
+
+2. You may distribute a complete, unmodified copy of the Work as you
+received it. Distribution of only part of the Work is considered
+modification of the Work, and no right to distribute such a Derived
+Work may be assumed under the terms of this clause.
+
+3. You may distribute a Compiled Work that has been generated from a
+complete, unmodified copy of the Work as distributed under Clause 2
+above, as long as that Compiled Work is distributed in such a way that
+the recipients may install the Compiled Work on their system exactly
+as it would have been installed if they generated a Compiled Work
+directly from the Work.
+
+4. If you are the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may, without
+restriction, modify the Work, thus creating a Derived Work. You may
+also distribute the Derived Work without restriction, including
+Compiled Works generated from the Derived Work. Derived Works
+distributed in this manner by the Current Maintainer are considered to
+be updated versions of the Work.
+
+5. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may modify
+your copy of the Work, thus creating a Derived Work based on the Work,
+and compile this Derived Work, thus creating a Compiled Work based on
+the Derived Work.
+
+6. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may
+distribute a Derived Work provided the following conditions are met
+for every component of the Work unless that component clearly states
+in the copyright notice that it is exempt from that condition. Only
+the Current Maintainer is allowed to add such statements of exemption
+to a component of the Work.
+
+ a. If a component of this Derived Work can be a direct replacement
+ for a component of the Work when that component is used with the
+ Base Interpreter, then, wherever this component of the Work
+ identifies itself to the user when used interactively with that
+ Base Interpreter, the replacement component of this Derived Work
+ clearly and unambiguously identifies itself as a modified version
+ of this component to the user when used interactively with that
+ Base Interpreter.
+
+ b. Every component of the Derived Work contains prominent notices
+ detailing the nature of the changes to that component, or a
+ prominent reference to another file that is distributed as part
+ of the Derived Work and that contains a complete and accurate log
+ of the changes.
+
+ c. No information in the Derived Work implies that any persons,
+ including (but not limited to) the authors of the original version
+ of the Work, provide any support, including (but not limited to)
+ the reporting and handling of errors, to recipients of the
+ Derived Work unless those persons have stated explicitly that
+ they do provide such support for the Derived Work.
+
+ d. You distribute at least one of the following with the Derived Work:
+
+ 1. A complete, unmodified copy of the Work;
+ if your distribution of a modified component is made by
+ offering access to copy the modified component from a
+ designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy
+ the Work from the same or some similar place meets this
+ condition, even though third parties are not compelled to
+ copy the Work along with the modified component;
+
+ 2. Information that is sufficient to obtain a complete,
+ unmodified copy of the Work.
+
+7. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may
+distribute a Compiled Work generated from a Derived Work, as long as
+the Derived Work is distributed to all recipients of the Compiled
+Work, and as long as the conditions of Clause 6, above, are met with
+regard to the Derived Work.
+
+8. The conditions above are not intended to prohibit, and hence do not
+apply to, the modification, by any method, of any component so that it
+becomes identical to an updated version of that component of the Work as
+it is distributed by the Current Maintainer under Clause 4, above.
+
+9. Distribution of the Work or any Derived Work in an alternative
+format, where the Work or that Derived Work (in whole or in part) is
+then produced by applying some process to that format, does not relax or
+nullify any sections of this license as they pertain to the results of
+applying that process.
+
+10. a. A Derived Work may be distributed under a different license
+ provided that license itself honors the conditions listed in
+ Clause 6 above, in regard to the Work, though it does not have
+ to honor the rest of the conditions in this license.
+
+ b. If a Derived Work is distributed under a different license, that
+ Derived Work must provide sufficient documentation as part of
+ itself to allow each recipient of that Derived Work to honor the
+ restrictions in Clause 6 above, concerning changes from the Work.
+
+11. This license places no restrictions on works that are unrelated to
+the Work, nor does this license place any restrictions on aggregating
+such works with the Work by any means.
+
+12. Nothing in this license is intended to, or may be used to, prevent
+complete compliance by all parties with all applicable laws.
+
+
+NO WARRANTY
+===========
+
+There is no warranty for the Work. Except when otherwise stated in
+writing, the Copyright Holder provides the Work `as is', without
+warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied, including, but not
+limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a
+particular purpose. The entire risk as to the quality and performance
+of the Work is with you. Should the Work prove defective, you assume
+the cost of all necessary servicing, repair, or correction.
+
+In no event unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing
+will The Copyright Holder, or any author named in the components of the
+Work, or any other party who may distribute and/or modify the Work as
+permitted above, be liable to you for damages, including any general,
+special, incidental or consequential damages arising out of any use of
+the Work or out of inability to use the Work (including, but not limited
+to, loss of data, data being rendered inaccurate, or losses sustained by
+anyone as a result of any failure of the Work to operate with any other
+programs), even if the Copyright Holder or said author or said other
+party has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
+
+
+MAINTENANCE OF THE WORK
+=======================
+
+The Work has the status `author-maintained' if the Copyright Holder
+explicitly and prominently states near the primary copyright notice in
+the Work that the Work can only be maintained by the Copyright Holder
+or simply that it is `author-maintained'.
+
+The Work has the status `maintained' if there is a Current Maintainer
+who has indicated in the Work that they are willing to receive error
+reports for the Work (for example, by supplying a valid e-mail
+address). It is not required for the Current Maintainer to acknowledge
+or act upon these error reports.
+
+The Work changes from status `maintained' to `unmaintained' if there
+is no Current Maintainer, or the person stated to be Current
+Maintainer of the work cannot be reached through the indicated means
+of communication for a period of six months, and there are no other
+significant signs of active maintenance.
+
+You can become the Current Maintainer of the Work by agreement with
+any existing Current Maintainer to take over this role.
+
+If the Work is unmaintained, you can become the Current Maintainer of
+the Work through the following steps:
+
+ 1. Make a reasonable attempt to trace the Current Maintainer (and
+ the Copyright Holder, if the two differ) through the means of
+ an Internet or similar search.
+
+ 2. If this search is successful, then enquire whether the Work
+ is still maintained.
+
+ a. If it is being maintained, then ask the Current Maintainer
+ to update their communication data within one month.
+
+ b. If the search is unsuccessful or no action to resume active
+ maintenance is taken by the Current Maintainer, then announce
+ within the pertinent community your intention to take over
+ maintenance. (If the Work is a LaTeX work, this could be
+ done, for example, by posting to comp.text.tex.)
+
+ 3a. If the Current Maintainer is reachable and agrees to pass
+ maintenance of the Work to you, then this takes effect
+ immediately upon announcement.
+
+ b. If the Current Maintainer is not reachable and the Copyright
+ Holder agrees that maintenance of the Work be passed to you,
+ then this takes effect immediately upon announcement.
+
+ 4. If you make an `intention announcement' as described in 2b. above
+ and after three months your intention is challenged neither by
+ the Current Maintainer nor by the Copyright Holder nor by other
+ people, then you may arrange for the Work to be changed so as
+ to name you as the (new) Current Maintainer.
+
+ 5. If the previously unreachable Current Maintainer becomes
+ reachable once more within three months of a change completed
+ under the terms of 3b) or 4), then that Current Maintainer must
+ become or remain the Current Maintainer upon request provided
+ they then update their communication data within one month.
+
+A change in the Current Maintainer does not, of itself, alter the fact
+that the Work is distributed under the LPPL license.
+
+If you become the Current Maintainer of the Work, you should
+immediately provide, within the Work, a prominent and unambiguous
+statement of your status as Current Maintainer. You should also
+announce your new status to the same pertinent community as
+in 2b) above.
+
+
+WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE WORKS UNDER THIS LICENSE
+======================================================
+
+This section contains important instructions, examples, and
+recommendations for authors who are considering distributing their
+works under this license. These authors are addressed as `you' in
+this section.
+
+Choosing This License or Another License
+----------------------------------------
+
+If for any part of your work you want or need to use *distribution*
+conditions that differ significantly from those in this license, then
+do not refer to this license anywhere in your work but, instead,
+distribute your work under a different license. You may use the text
+of this license as a model for your own license, but your license
+should not refer to the LPPL or otherwise give the impression that
+your work is distributed under the LPPL.
+
+The document `modguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution explains
+the motivation behind the conditions of this license. It explains,
+for example, why distributing LaTeX under the GNU General Public
+License (GPL) was considered inappropriate. Even if your work is
+unrelated to LaTeX, the discussion in `modguide.tex' may still be
+relevant, and authors intending to distribute their works under any
+license are encouraged to read it.
+
+A Recommendation on Modification Without Distribution
+-----------------------------------------------------
+
+It is wise never to modify a component of the Work, even for your own
+personal use, without also meeting the above conditions for
+distributing the modified component. While you might intend that such
+modifications will never be distributed, often this will happen by
+accident -- you may forget that you have modified that component; or
+it may not occur to you when allowing others to access the modified
+version that you are thus distributing it and violating the conditions
+of this license in ways that could have legal implications and, worse,
+cause problems for the community. It is therefore usually in your
+best interest to keep your copy of the Work identical with the public
+one. Many works provide ways to control the behavior of that work
+without altering any of its licensed components.
+
+How to Use This License
+-----------------------
+
+To use this license, place in each of the components of your work both
+an explicit copyright notice including your name and the year the work
+was authored and/or last substantially modified. Include also a
+statement that the distribution and/or modification of that
+component is constrained by the conditions in this license.
+
+Here is an example of such a notice and statement:
+
+ %% pig.dtx
+ %% Copyright 2005 M. Y. Name
+ %
+ % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+ % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+ % of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+ % The latest version of this license is in
+ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+ % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+ % version 2005/12/01 or later.
+ %
+ % This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+ %
+ % The Current Maintainer of this work is M. Y. Name.
+ %
+ % This work consists of the files pig.dtx and pig.ins
+ % and the derived file pig.sty.
+
+Given such a notice and statement in a file, the conditions
+given in this license document would apply, with the `Work' referring
+to the three files `pig.dtx', `pig.ins', and `pig.sty' (the last being
+generated from `pig.dtx' using `pig.ins'), the `Base Interpreter'
+referring to any `LaTeX-Format', and both `Copyright Holder' and
+`Current Maintainer' referring to the person `M. Y. Name'.
+
+If you do not want the Maintenance section of LPPL to apply to your
+Work, change `maintained' above into `author-maintained'.
+However, we recommend that you use `maintained', as the Maintenance
+section was added in order to ensure that your Work remains useful to
+the community even when you can no longer maintain and support it
+yourself.
+
+Derived Works That Are Not Replacements
+---------------------------------------
+
+Several clauses of the LPPL specify means to provide reliability and
+stability for the user community. They therefore concern themselves
+with the case that a Derived Work is intended to be used as a
+(compatible or incompatible) replacement of the original Work. If
+this is not the case (e.g., if a few lines of code are reused for a
+completely different task), then clauses 6b and 6d shall not apply.
+
+
+Important Recommendations
+-------------------------
+
+ Defining What Constitutes the Work
+
+ The LPPL requires that distributions of the Work contain all the
+ files of the Work. It is therefore important that you provide a
+ way for the licensee to determine which files constitute the Work.
+ This could, for example, be achieved by explicitly listing all the
+ files of the Work near the copyright notice of each file or by
+ using a line such as:
+
+ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
+
+ in that place. In the absence of an unequivocal list it might be
+ impossible for the licensee to determine what is considered by you
+ to comprise the Work and, in such a case, the licensee would be
+ entitled to make reasonable conjectures as to which files comprise
+ the Work.
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/README.md b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..81a32d5340
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+<!-- Author : Dongsheng Deng & Liam Huang-->
+<!-- Program Email: elegantlatex2e@gmail.com -->
+
+[Homepage](https://elegantlatex.org/) | [Github](https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook) | [CTAN](https://ctan.org/pkg/elegantbook) | [Download](https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook/releases) |
+
+![License](https://img.shields.io/ctan/l/elegantbook.svg) ![CTAN Version](https://img.shields.io/ctan/v/elegantbook.svg) ![Github Version](https://img.shields.io/github/release/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook.svg) ![Repo Size](https://img.shields.io/github/repo-size/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook.svg)
+
+-------
+
+# ElegantBook: 优美的 LaTeX 书籍模板 An Elegant LaTeX Template for Books
+
+ElegantBook 是为 LaTeX 书籍写作而设计的模板,由 [Ethan Deng](https://github.com/EthanDeng) 和 [Liam Huang](https://github.com/Liam0205) 创立,现在主要由 [Ethan Deng](https://github.com/EthanDeng)、[乙醇](https://github.com/syvshc)和[死抠](https://github.com/sikouhjw)维护。如果你有其他问题、建议或者报告 bug,可以提交 issues 或者加入我们的 QQ 用户交流群:692108391。
+
+ElegantBook is designed for writing books, created by [Ethan Deng](https://github.com/EthanDeng) and [Liam Huang](https://github.com/Liam0205), and maintained by [Ethan Deng](https://github.com/EthanDeng), [syvshc](https://github.com/syvshc) and [sikouhjw](https://github.com/sikouhjw). Just enjoy it! If you have any questions, suggestions or bug reports, you can create issues or contact us at elegantlatex2e@gmail.com.
+
+
+**本模板自 2023 年 1 月 1 日开始,不再维护,不建议使用本系列模板!为了保证之前版本的用户仍然能查到说明文档,本说明文档仍然保留过去的信息。**
+
+**Caution: This template will no longer be maintained since January 1st, 2023.**
+
+## 致谢 Acknowledgement
+
+
+特别感谢 [sikouhjw](https://github.com/sikouhjw) 和 [syvshc](https://github.com/syvshc) 长期以来对于 Github 上 issue 的快速回应,以及各个社区论坛对于 ElegantLaTeX 相关问题的回复。特别感谢 ChinaTeX 以及 [LaTeX 工作室](http://www.latexstudio.net/)对于本系列模板的大力宣传与推广。
+
+Thank [sikouhjw](https://github.com/sikouhjw) and [syvshc](https://github.com/syvshc) for their quick response to Github issues and continuously support work for ElegantLaTeX community. Thank ChinaTeX and [LaTeX Studio](http://www.latexstudio.net/) for their promotion.
+
+
+## 协议 License
+
+本模板发布遵循 LaTeX 项目公共许可证 1.3 c 或更高版本。
+如果是衍生作品,请务必加入协议声明和模板信息(github、CTAN 地址)。
+
+This work is released under the LaTeX Project Public License, v1.3c or later.
+
+
+## 衍生品 Derivative Works
+
++ [ElegantBookdown](https://github.com/XiangyunHuang/ElegantBookdown):[XiangyunHuang](https://github.com/XiangyunHuang) 开发并维护的基于 ElegantBook 的 Bookdown 模板。
++ [bookdownplus](https://github.com/pzhaonet/bookdownplus):应网友要求,[pzhaonet](https://github.com/pzhaonet) 在 bookdownplus 收录了 ElegantPaper 模板,并为 Mac 做了字体适配。
++ [PanBook](https://github.com/annProg/PanBook):[annProg](https://github.com/annProg) 开发并维护的基于 Markdown 写作的工作流,收录了 ElegantBook 和 ElegantPaper 模板。
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/elegantbook-cn.pdf b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/elegantbook-cn.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..28e8022c4c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/elegantbook-cn.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/elegantbook-cn.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/elegantbook-cn.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..e289e77d37
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/elegantbook-cn.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,1163 @@
+\documentclass[lang=cn,newtx,10pt,scheme=chinese]{elegantbook}
+
+\title{ElegantBook:优美的 \LaTeX{} 书籍模板}
+\subtitle{Elegant\LaTeX{} 经典之作}
+
+\author{Ethan Deng \& Liam Huang \& syvshc \& sikouhjw \& Osbert Wang}
+\institute{Elegant\LaTeX{} Program}
+\date{2022/12/31}
+\version{4.5}
+\bioinfo{自定义}{信息}
+
+\extrainfo{注意:本模板自 2023 年 1 月 1 日开始,不再更新和维护!}
+
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{3}
+
+\logo{logo-blue.png}
+\cover{cover.jpg}
+
+% 本文档命令
+\usepackage{array}
+\newcommand{\ccr}[1]{\makecell{{\color{#1}\rule{1cm}{1cm}}}}
+
+% 修改标题页的橙色带
+\definecolor{customcolor}{RGB}{32,178,170}
+\colorlet{coverlinecolor}{customcolor}
+\usepackage{cprotect}
+
+\addbibresource[location=local]{reference.bib} % 参考文献,不要删除
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+\frontmatter
+
+\tableofcontents
+
+\mainmatter
+
+\chapter{Elegant\LaTeX{} 系列模板介绍}
+
+\begin{quotation}
+ \textbf{\textcolor{red}{本模板自 2023 年 1 月 1 日开始,不再维护,不建议使用本系列模板!为了保证之前版本的用户仍然能查到说明文档,本说明文档仍然保留过去的信息。}}
+\end{quotation}
+
+Elegant\LaTeX{} 项目组致力于打造一系列美观、优雅、简便的模板方便用户使用。目前由 \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantNote}{ElegantNote},\href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook}{ElegantBook},\href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantPaper}{ElegantPaper} 组成,分别用于排版笔记,书籍和工作论文。大版本改动较大,请关注版本信息,在未开始使用模板前,建议直接选择最新正式版本!
+
+
+本文将介绍本模板的一些设置内容以及基本使用方法。如果您有其他问题,建议或者意见,欢迎在 GitHub 上给我们提交 \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook/issues}{issues} 或者邮件联系我们。我们的联系方式如下,建议加入用户 QQ 群提问,这样能更快获得准确的反馈,加群时请备注 \LaTeX{} 或者 Elegant\LaTeX{} 相关内容。
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item 官网:\href{https://elegantlatex.org/}{https://elegantlatex.org/}
+ \item GitHub 地址:\href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/}{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/}
+ \item CTAN 地址:\href{https://ctan.org/pkg/elegantbook}{https://ctan.org/pkg/elegantbook}
+ \item 下载地址:\href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook/releases}{正式发行版},\href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook/archive/master.zip}{最新版}
+ \item Bilibili:\href{https://space.bilibili.com/516479629}{ElegantLaTeX}
+ \item 用户 QQ 群:692108391
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+\section{模板安装与更新}
+
+你可以通过免安装的方式使用本模板,包括在线使用和本地(文件夹内)使用两种方式,也可以通过 \TeX{} 发行版安装使用。
+
+\subsection{在线使用模板}
+
+我们把三套模板全部上传到 \href{https://www.overleaf.com/}{Overleaf} 上了,网络便利的用户可以直接通过 Overleaf 在线使用我们的模板。使用 Overleaf 的好处是无需安装 \TeX{} Live,可以随时随地访问自己的文件。查找模板,请在 Overleaf 模板库里面搜索 \lstinline{elegantlatex} 即可,你也可以直接访问\href{https://www.overleaf.com/latex/templates?addsearch=elegantlatex}{搜索结果}。选择适当的模板之后,将其 \lstinline{Open as Template},即可把模板存到自己账户下,然后可以自由编辑以及与别人一起协作。更多关于 Overleaf 的介绍和使用,请参考 Overleaf 的\href{https://www.overleaf.com/learn}{官方文档}。
+
+\subsection{本地免安装使用}
+
+\textbf{免安装}使用方法如下:从 GitHub 或者 CTAN 下载最新版,严格意义上只需要类文件 \lstinline{elegantbook.cls}。然后将模板文件放在你的工作目录下即可使用。这样使用的好处是,无需安装,简便;缺点是,当模板更新之后,你需要手动替换 \lstinline{cls} 文件。
+
+\subsection{发行版安装与更新}
+
+本模板测试环境为
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item Win10 + \TeX{} Live 2022;
+ \item Ubuntu 20.04 + \TeX{} Live 2022;
+ \item macOS Monterey + Mac\TeX{} 2022。
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\TeX Live/Mac\TeX{} 的安装请参考啸行的\href{https://github.com/OsbertWang/install-latex-guide-zh-cn/releases/}{一份简短的关于安装 \LaTeX{} 安装的介绍}。
+
+安装 \TeX{} Live 之后,安装后建议升级全部宏包,升级方法:使用 cmd 或 terminal 运行 \lstinline{tlmgr update --all},如果 tlmgr 需要更新,请使用 cmd 运行 \lstinline{tlmgr update --self},如果更新过程中出现了中断,请改用 \lstinline{tlmgr update --self --all --reinstall-forcibly-removed} 更新,也即
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+tlmgr update --self
+tlmgr update --all
+tlmgr update --self --all --reinstall-forcibly-removed
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+更多的内容请参考 \href{https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/55437/how-do-i-update-my-tex-distribution}{How do I update my \TeX{} distribution?}
+
+\subsection{其他发行版本}
+
+由于宏包版本问题,本模板不支持 C\TeX{} 套装,请务必安装 TeX Live/Mac\TeX{}。更多关于 \TeX{} Live 的安装使用以及 C\TeX{} 与 \TeX{} Live 的兼容、系统路径问题,请参考官方文档以及啸行的\href{https://github.com/OsbertWang/install-latex-guide-zh-cn/releases/}{一份简短的关于安装 \LaTeX{} 安装的介绍}。
+
+
+
+\chapter{ElegantBook 设置说明}
+
+本模板基于基础的 book 文类,所以 book 的选项对于本模板也是有效的(纸张无效,因为模板有设备选项)。默认编码为 UTF-8,推荐使用 \TeX{} Live 编译。
+
+\section{语言模式}
+本模板内含两套基础语言环境 \lstinline{lang=cn}、\lstinline{lang=en}。改变语言环境会改变图表标题的引导词(图,表),文章结构词(比如目录,参考文献等),以及定理环境中的引导词(比如定理,引理等)。不同语言模式的启用如下:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\documentclass[cn]{elegantbook}
+\documentclass[lang=cn]{elegantbook}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+除模板自带的两套语言设定之外,由\textbf{网友}提供的其他语言环境设置如下:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item 由 \href{https://github.com/VincentMVV}{VincentMVV} 提供的意大利语翻译 \lstinline{lang=it},相关讨论见 \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook/issues/85}{Italian translation};
+ \item 由 \href{https://github.com/abfek66}{abfek66} 提供的法语翻译 \lstinline{lang=fr},相关讨论见 \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook/issues/85}{Italian translation};
+ % \item 由 \href{https://github.com/stultus}{stultus} 提供的马拉雅拉姆语翻译 \lstinline{lang=},相关讨论见 \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook/issues/90}{Malayalam translation};
+ \item 由 \href{https://github.com/inktvis75}{inktvis75} 提供的荷兰语翻译 \lstinline{lang=nl},相关讨论见 \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook/issues/108}{Dutch Translation};
+ \item 由 \href{https://github.com/palkotamas}{palkotamas} 提供的匈牙利语翻译 \lstinline{lang=hu},相关讨论见 \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook/issues/111}{Hungarian translation};
+ \item 由 Lisa 提供的德语翻译 \lstinline{lang=de},相关讨论见 \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook/issues/113}{Deutsch translation};
+ \item 由 Gustavo A. Corradi 提供的西班牙语的翻译 \lstinline{lang=es},相关讨论见 \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook/issues/133}{Spanish translation};
+ \item 由 \href{https://github.com/Altantsooj}{Altantsooj} 提供的蒙古语的翻译 \lstinline{lang=mn},相关讨论见 \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook/issues/137}{Mongolian translation};
+ \item 由 \href{https://github.com/inusturbo}{inusturbo} 提供的日本语的翻译 \lstinline{lang=jp},相关讨论见 \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook/issues/172}{Japanese Translation}。
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+
+\begin{remark}
+以上各个语言的设定均为网友设定,我们未对上述翻译进行过校对,如果有问题,请在对应的 issue 下评论。并且,只有中文环境(\lstinline{lang=cn})才可以输入中文。
+\end{remark}
+
+\section{设备选项}
+最早我们在 ElegantNote 模板中加入了设备选项(\lstinline{device}),后来,我们觉得这个设备选项的设置可以应用到 ElegantBook 中\footnote{不过因为 ElegantBook 模板封面图片的存在,在修改页面设计时,需要对图片进行裁剪。},而且 Book 一般内容比较多,如果在 iPad 上看无需切边,放大,那用户的阅读体验将会得到巨大提升。你可以使用下面的选项将版面设置为 iPad 设备模式\footnote{默认为 normal 模式,也即 A4 纸张大小。}
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\documentclass[pad]{elegantbook} %or
+\documentclass[device=pad]{elegantbook}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\section{颜色主题}
+
+本模板内置 5 组颜色主题,分别为 \textcolor{structure1}{\lstinline{green}}\footnote{为原先默认主题。}、\textcolor{structure2}{\lstinline{cyan}}、\textcolor{structure3}{\lstinline{blue}}(默认)、\textcolor{structure4}{\lstinline{gray}}、\textcolor{structure5}{\lstinline{black}}。另外还有一个自定义的选项 \lstinline{nocolor}。调用颜色主题 \lstinline{green} 的方法为
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\documentclass[green]{elegantbook} %or
+\documentclass[color=green]{elegantbook}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+
+\begin{table}[htbp]
+ \caption{ElegantBook 模板中的颜色主题\label{tab:color thm}}
+ \centering
+ \begin{tabular}{ccccccc}
+ \toprule
+ & \textcolor{structure1}{green}
+ & \textcolor{structure2}{cyan}
+ & \textcolor{structure3}{blue}
+ & \textcolor{structure4}{gray}
+ & \textcolor{structure5}{black}
+ & 主要使用的环境\\
+ \midrule
+ structure & \ccr{structure1}
+ & \ccr{structure2}
+ & \ccr{structure3}
+ & \ccr{structure4}
+ & \ccr{structure5}
+ & chapter \ section \ subsection \\
+ main & \ccr{main1}
+ & \ccr{main2}
+ & \ccr{main3}
+ & \ccr{main4}
+ & \ccr{main5}
+ & definition \ exercise \ problem \\
+ second & \ccr{second1}
+ & \ccr{second2}
+ & \ccr{second3}
+ & \ccr{second4}
+ & \ccr{second5}
+ & theorem \ lemma \ corollary\\
+ third & \ccr{third1}
+ & \ccr{third2}
+ & \ccr{third3}
+ & \ccr{third4}
+ & \ccr{third5}
+ & proposition\\
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{table}
+
+如果需要自定义颜色的话请选择 \lstinline{nocolor} 选项或者使用 \lstinline{color=none},然后在导言区定义 structurecolor、main、second、third 颜色,具体方法如下:
+\begin{lstlisting}[tabsize=4]
+\definecolor{structurecolor}{RGB}{0,0,0}
+\definecolor{main}{RGB}{70,70,70}
+\definecolor{second}{RGB}{115,45,2}
+\definecolor{third}{RGB}{0,80,80}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\section{封面}
+
+\subsection{封面个性化}
+
+从 3.10 版本开始,封面更加弹性化,用户可以自行选择输出的内容,包括 \lstinline{\title} 在内的所有封面元素都可为空。目前封面的元素有
+
+\begin{table}[htbp]
+ \centering
+ \caption{封面元素信息}
+ \begin{tabular}{p{0.07\textwidth}p{0.15\textwidth}|p{0.07\textwidth}p{0.15\textwidth}|p{0.07\textwidth}p{0.15\textwidth}}
+ \hline
+ 信息 & 命令 & 信息 & 命令 & 信息 & 命令 \\
+ \hline
+ 标题 & \lstinline|\title| & 副标题 & \lstinline|\subtitle| & 作者 & \lstinline|\author| \\
+ 机构 & \lstinline|\institute| & 日期 & \lstinline|\date| & 版本 & \lstinline|\version| \\
+ 箴言 & \lstinline|\extrainfo| & 封面图 & \lstinline|\cover| & 徽标 & \lstinline|\logo| \\
+ \hline
+ \end{tabular}
+\end{table}
+
+另外,额外增加一个 \lstinline{\bioinfo} 命令,有两个选项,分别是信息标题以及信息内容。比如需要显示{\kaishu User Name:111520},则可以使用
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\bioinfo{User Name}{115520}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+封面中间位置的色块的颜色可以使用下面命令进行修改:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\definecolor{customcolor}{RGB}{32,178,170}
+\colorlet{coverlinecolor}{customcolor}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\subsection{封面图}
+
+本模板使用的封面图片来源于 \href{https://pixabay.com/en/tea-time-poetry-coffee-reading-3240766/}{pixabay.com}\footnote{感谢 China\TeX{} 提供免费图源网站,另外还推荐 \href{https://www.pexels.com/}{pexels.com}。},图片完全免费,可用于任何场景。封面图片的尺寸为 $1280 \times 1024$, 更换图片的时候请\textbf{严格}按照封面图片尺寸进行裁剪。推荐一个免费的在线图片裁剪网站 \href{https://www.fotor.com/cn}{fotor.com}。用户 QQ 群内有一些合适尺寸的封面,欢迎取用。
+
+\subsection{徽标}
+
+本文用到的 Logo 比例为 1:1,也即正方形图片,在更换图片的时候请选择合适的图片进行替换。
+
+\subsection{自定义封面}
+
+另外,如果使用自定义的封面,比如 Adobe illustrator 或者其他软件制作的 A4 PDF 文档,请把 \lstinline{\maketitle} 注释掉,然后借助 \lstinline{pdfpages} 宏包将自制封面插入即可。如果使用 \lstinline{titlepage} 环境,也是类似。如果需要 2.x 版本的封面,请参考 \href{https://github.com/EthanDeng/etitlepage}{etitlepage}。
+
+\section{章标标题}
+
+本模板内置 2 套\textit{章标题显示风格},包含 \lstinline{hang}(默认)与 \lstinline{display} 两种风格,区别在于章标题单行显示(\lstinline{hang})与双行显示(\lstinline{display}),本说明使用了 \lstinline{hang}。调用方式为
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\documentclass[hang]{elegantbook} %or
+\documentclass[titlestyle=hang]{elegantbook}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+在章标题内,章节编号默认是以数字显示,也即{\kaishu 第 1 章},{\kaishu 第 2 章}等等,如果想要把数字改为中文,可以使用
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\documentclass[chinese]{elegantbook} %or
+\documentclass[scheme=chinese]{elegantbook}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\section{数学环境简介}
+
+在我们这个模板中,我们定义了两种不同的定理模式 \lstinline{mode},包括简单模式(\lstinline{simple})和炫彩模式(\lstinline{fancy}),默认为 \lstinline{fancy} 模式,不同模式的选择为
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\documentclass[simple]{elegantbook} %or
+\documentclass[mode=simple]{elegantbook}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+本模板定义了四大类环境
+
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item \textit{定理类环境},包含标题和内容两部分,全部定理类环境的编号均以章节编号。根据格式的不同分为 3 种
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item \textcolor{main}{\textbf{definition}} 环境,颜色为 \textcolor{main}{main};
+ \item \textcolor{second}{\textbf{theorem、lemma、corollary、axiom、postulate}} 环境,颜色为 \textcolor{second} {second};
+ \item \textcolor{third}{\textbf{proposition}} 环境,颜色为 \textcolor{third}{third}。
+ \end{itemize}
+ \item \textit{示例类环境},有 \textbf{example、problem、exercise} 环境(对应于例、例题、练习),自动编号,编号以章节为单位,其中 \textbf{exercise} 有提示符。
+ \item \textit{提示类环境},有 \textbf{note} 环境,特点是:无编号,有引导符。
+ \item \textit{结论类环境},有 \textbf{conclusion、assumption、property、remark、solution} 环境\footnote{本模板还添加了一个 \lstinline|result| 选项,用于隐藏 \lstinline{solution} 和 \lstinline{proof} 环境,默认为显示(\lstinline{result=answer}),隐藏使用 \lstinline{result=noanswer}。},三者均以粗体的引导词为开头,和普通段落格式一致。
+\end{itemize}
+
+其中,定理类环境均有带星号的版本:\textcolor{main}{\textbf{definition*}}、\textcolor{second}{\textbf{theorem*}}、\textcolor{second}{\textbf{lemma*}}、\textcolor{second}{\textbf{corollary*}}、\textcolor{second}{\textbf{axiom*}}、\textcolor{second}{\textbf{postulate*}}、\textcolor{third}{\textbf{proposition*}},带星号的定理类环境不会编号。
+
+\subsection{定理类环境的使用}
+
+\subsubsection{\texttt{fancy} 模式}
+
+在 \lstinline{fancy} 模式下使用了 \lstinline{tcolorbox} 宏包来定制定理类环境,所以和普通的定理环境的使用有些许区别,有编号定理的使用方法如下:
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+% 有名字,有标签
+\begin{theorem}{theorem name}{label}
+ 这是一个有名字和标签的定理。
+ 用 \ref{thm:label} 来引用这个定理。
+\end{theorem}
+% 无名字,有标签
+\begin{theorem}{}{label no name}
+ 这是一个没有名字但是有标签的定理。
+ 用 \ref{thm:label no name} 来引用这个定理。
+\end{theorem}
+% 有名字,无标签
+\begin{theorem}{theorem name}{}
+ 这是一个有名字但是没有标签的定理。
+ 这个定理不能被引用。
+ 最后的 {} 可以省略不写。
+\end{theorem}
+% 无名字,无标签
+\begin{theorem}{}{}
+ 这是一个没有名字也没有标签的定理。
+ 这个定理不能被引用。
+ 两个 {} 均可以省略不写。
+\end{theorem}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+第一个选项 \lstinline{theorem name} 是定理的名字,如果定理没有名字请使用 \lstinline|{}|\cprotect\footnote{除非这个定理也没有标签,否则不能省略。}。第二个选项 \lstinline{label} 是交叉引用时所用到的标签,如果定理没有标签,可以不写 \lstinline|{label}| 或使用 \lstinline|{}|。交叉引用的方法为 \lstinline|\ref{thm:label}|。请注意,交叉引用时必须加上前缀 \lstinline{thm:}。其他相同用法的定理类环境见表 \ref{tab:theorem-class}。
+
+不编号的定理使用方法如下:
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+% 有名字
+\begin{theorem*}{theorem name}
+ 这是一个不编号的有名字的定理。
+ 这个定理不能被引用。
+\end{theorem*}
+% 无名字
+\begin{theorem*}{}
+ 这是一个不编号且没有名字的定理。
+ 最后的 {} 可以省略不写。
+ 这个定理不能被引用。
+\end{theorem*}
+\end{lstlisting}
+其中的选项 \lstinline{theorem name} 是定理的名字,如果没有名字可以不写 \lstinline|{theorem name}| 或使用 \lstinline|{}|
+
+\begin{table}[htbp]
+ \centering
+ \caption{定理类环境}
+ \begin{tabular}{llll}
+ \toprule
+ 环境名 & 标签名 & 前缀 & 交叉引用 \\
+ \midrule
+ definition & label & def & \lstinline|\ref{def:label}| \\
+ theorem & label & thm & \lstinline|\ref{thm:label}| \\
+ postulate & label & pos & \lstinline|\ref{pos:label}| \\
+ axiom & label & axi & \lstinline|\ref{axi:label}|\\
+ lemma & label & lem & \lstinline|\ref{lem:label}| \\
+ corollary & label & cor & \lstinline|\ref{cor:label}| \\
+ proposition & label & pro & \lstinline|\ref{pro:label}| \\
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabular}%
+ \label{tab:theorem-class}%
+\end{table}%
+
+在用户多次反馈下,在 4.1 版本引入了原生定理的支持方式,使用方法如下:
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+% 有名字,有标签
+\begin{theorem}[theorem name]\label{thm:label}
+ 这是一个有名字和标签的定理。
+ 用 \ref{thm:label} 来引用这个定理。
+\end{theorem}
+% 无名字,有标签
+\begin{theorem}\label{thm:label no name}
+ 这是一个没有名字但是有标签的定理。
+ 用 \ref{thm:label no name} 来引用这个定理。
+\end{theorem}
+% 有名字,无标签
+\begin{theorem}[theorem name]
+ 这是一个有名字但是没有标签的定理。
+ 这个定理不能被引用。
+\end{theorem}
+% 无名字,无标签
+\begin{theorem}
+ 这是一个没有名字也没有标签的定理。
+ 这个定理不能被引用。
+\end{theorem}
+\end{lstlisting}
+这时引用不需要加前缀,\lstinline{\ref} 中的内容与 \lstinline{\label} 中的内容相同,换句话说,这时的使用方法与使用原生定理环境的时候几乎相同。
+
+\subsubsection{\texttt{simple} 模式}
+
+在 \lstinline{simple} 模式下使用了 \lstinline{amsthm} 宏包,定理类环境使用方法与原生一致,定理的使用方法如下:
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+% 有名字,有标签
+\begin{theorem}[theorem name]\label{thm:label}
+ 这是一个有名字和标签的定理。
+ 用 \ref{thm:label} 来引用这个定理。
+\end{theorem}
+% 无名字,有标签
+\begin{theorem}\label{thm:label no name}
+ 这是一个没有名字但是有标签的定理。
+ 用 \ref{thm:label no name} 来引用这个定理。
+\end{theorem}
+% 有名字,无标签
+\begin{theorem}[theorem name]
+ 这是一个有名字但是没有标签的定理。
+ 这个定理不能被引用。
+\end{theorem}
+% 无名字,无标签
+\begin{theorem}
+ 这是一个没有名字也没有标签的定理。
+ 这个定理不能被引用。
+\end{theorem}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+% \subsection{算法环境}
+
+% \begin{algorithm}\label{alg:test}
+% \Input{A bitmap $I$ of size $w \times l$}
+% \Output{A partition of the bitmap}
+% \BlankLine
+% \emph{special treatment of the first line}\;
+% \For{$i \leftarrow 2$ \KwTo $l$}{
+% \emph{special treatment of the first element of line $i$}\;
+% \For{$j \leftarrow 2$ \KwTo $w$}{\label{forins}
+% $\Left \leftarrow \FindCompress{$I[i,j-1]$}$\;
+% $\Up \leftarrow \FindCompress{$I[i-1,]$}$\;
+% $\This \leftarrow \FindCompress{$I[i,j]$}$\;
+% \If(\tcp*[h]{O(\Left,\This)==1}){\Left compatible with \This}{\label{lt}
+% \lIf{$\Left < \This$}{$\Union{\Left,\This}$}
+% \lElse{$\Union{\This,\Left}$}
+% }
+% \If(\tcp*[f]{O(\Up,\This)==1}){\Up compatible with \This}{\label{ut}
+% \lIf{$\Up < \This$}{$\Union{\Up,\This}$}
+% \tcp{\This is put under \Up to keep tree as flat as possible}\label{cmt}
+% \lElse{$\Union{\This,\Up}$}\tcp*[r]{\This{} linked to \Up}\label{lelse}
+% }
+% }
+% \lForEach{element $e$ of the line $i$}{\FindCompress{p}}
+% }
+% \caption{disjoint decomposition}\label{algo_disjdecomp}
+% \end{algorithm}
+
+
+\subsection{修改计数器}
+
+当前定理等环境计数器按章计数,如果想修改定理类环境按节计数,可以修改计数器选项 \lstinline{thmcnt},可用选项为 \lstinline{chapter} (默认)与 \lstinline{section}:
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\documentclass[section]{elegantbook} %or
+\documentclass[thmcnt=section]{elegantbook}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+如果希望全局的定理类环境使用同一个计数器,可以使用文档类选项 \lstinline{usesamecnt}:
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+ \documentclass[usesamecnt]{elegantbook}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\subsection{自定义定理类环境}
+
+4.4 版本新增了一个自定义定理类环境的命令:\lstinline|\elegantnewtheorem|,它的参数含义如下:
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+% fancy 模式(默认)
+\elegantnewtheorem{env}{title}{style}{prefix}[numbered-like]
+% simple 模式
+\elegantnewtheorem{env}{title}{style}[numbered-like]
+\end{lstlisting}
+该命令可以同时定义编号环境 \lstinline|env| 和不编号环境 \lstinline|env*|。
+
+其中 \lstinline|style| 支持的参数有:\lstinline|defstyle|,\lstinline|thmstyle|,\lstinline|prostyle|,分别对应“定义”,“定理”,“命题”三种样式。
+
+如果添加了可选参数 \lstinline{numbered-like},将会使该定理类环境与名为 \lstinline{numbered-like} 的定理类环境使用同一计数器。\textbf{注意}:该参数在使用 \lstinline{usesamecnt} 选项时不起作用,并且会在终端以及 \lstinline{.log} 文件中输出一个警告,来提示用户该选项不起作用:
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+ [numbered-like] won't make sence with option
+ `usesamecnt'.
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item 在炫彩模式(\lstinline{fancy})下,需要 5 个参数来定义一个新的定理类环境,分别是:
+ 定理类环境名,定理类环境的标题,定理类环境的样式,该定理类环境的前缀,(可选)该定理类环境继承的定理类环境:
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+% 导言区
+\elegantnewtheorem{examplefancy}{自定义定理类环境}{thmstyle}{exfancy}
+% 正文
+\begin{examplefancy}{定理名}{label}
+ 这里是自定义定理类环境 \ref{exfancy:label}
+\end{examplefancy}
+\begin{examplefancy*}{定理名}
+ 这里是无编号自定义定理类环境
+\end{examplefancy*}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+ 如果不给出第四个参数,或第四个参数置空的话,将会用定理类环境名来作为默认前缀,即
+\begin{lstlisting}
+% 导言区
+\elegantnewtheorem{test}{TEST}{thmstyle}
+% 或
+\elegantnewtheorem{test}{TEST}{thmstyle}{}
+% 正文
+\begin{test}{name}{label}
+ 默认前缀为 test。
+ 使用 \ref{test:label} 来引用这个定理类环境。
+\end{test}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+这时会在终端以及 \verb|.log| 文件中输出一个警告信息来提示用户没有定义前缀:
+
+\begin{lstlisting}[language=bash]
+Class elegantbook Warning: Because you didn't provide a prefix.
+(elegantbook) We use test as the default prefix.
+(elegantbook) You have to use
+(elegantbook) \ref {test:label} to refer a
+(elegantbook) \begin {test}{name}{label} environment.
+(elegantbook) on input line 3.
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+ \item 在简单模式(\lstinline{simple})下,需要 4 个参数来定义一个新的定理类环境,分别是:
+ 定理类环境名,定理类环境的标题,定理类环境的样式,该定理类环境的前缀,(可选)该定理类环境继承的定理类环境:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+% 导言区
+\elegantnewtheorem{examplesimple}{自定义定理类环境}{thmstyle}
+% 正文
+\begin{examplesimple}[定理名]\label{exsimple:label}
+ 这里是自定义定理类环境 \ref{exsimple:label}
+\end{examplesimple}
+\begin{examplesimple*}[定理名]
+ 这里是无编号自定义定理类环境
+\end{examplesimple*}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+ 如果此时错误地给出了第四个参数,那么将会在终端以及 \verb|.log| 文件中输出一个错误信息:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+% elegantbook-cn.tex
+\elegantnewtheorem{test}{TEST}{thmstyle}{}
+% .log file
+./elegantbook-cn.tex:3: Class elegantbook Error: You can't set a prefix in mode ``simple''.
+(elegantbook) Just use
+(elegantbook) \elegantnewtheorem {test}{TEST}{thmstyle} .
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsection{其他环境的使用}
+
+其他三种环境没有选项,可以直接使用,比如 \lstinline{example} 环境的使用方法与效果:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\begin{example}
+ This is the content of example environment.
+\end{example}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+这几个都是同一类环境,区别在于
+
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item 示例环境(example)、练习(exercise)与例题(problem)章节自动编号;
+ \item 注意(note),练习(exercise)环境有提醒引导符;
+ \item 结论(conclusion)等环境都是普通段落环境,引导词加粗。
+\end{itemize}
+
+\section{列表环境}
+本模板借助于 \lstinline{tikz} 定制了 \lstinline{itemize} 和 \lstinline{enumerate} 环境,其中 \lstinline{itemize} 环境修改了 3 层嵌套,而 \lstinline{enumerate} 环境修改了 4 层嵌套(仅改变颜色)。示例如下\\[2ex]
+\begin{minipage}[b]{0.49\textwidth}
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item first item of nesti;
+ \item second item of nesti;
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item first item of nestii;
+ \item second item of nestii;
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item first item of nestiii;
+ \item second item of nestiii.
+ \end{itemize}
+ \end{itemize}
+ \end{itemize}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}[b]{0.49\textwidth}
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item first item of nesti;
+ \item second item of nesti;
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item first item of nestii;
+ \item second item of nestii;
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item first item of nestiii;
+ \item second item of nestiii.
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \end{enumerate}
+\end{minipage}
+
+\section{参考文献}
+
+\subsection{打印文献}
+
+之前我们将文献调用的命令放在模板里面,然后用户反馈 \lstinline{\cite} 命令无法自动补全,因此我们新版本将其拿到外面来,新版本打印参考文献的命令的方法是,在导言区(也即 \lstinline|\begin{document}| 之前),加入:
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+ \addbibresource[location=local]{reference.bib}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+然后再需要打印文献的地方使用:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+ \printbibliography[heading=bibintoc, title=\ebibname]
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+其中 \lstinline{reference.bib} 为参考文献存放的文件,需要放在项目文件夹下。
+
+\subsection{修改文献格式}
+
+此外,本模板调用了 biblatex 宏包,并提供了 biber(默认) 和 bibtex 两个后端选项,可以使用 \lstinline{bibend} 进行修改:
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+ \documentclass[bibtex]{elegantbook}
+ \documentclass[bibend=bibtex]{elegantbook}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+关于文献条目(bib item),你可以在谷歌学术,Mendeley,Endnote 中取,然后把它们添加到 \lstinline{reference.bib} 中。在文中引用的时候,引用它们的键值(bib key)即可。
+
+为了方便文献样式修改,模板引入了 \lstinline{bibstyle} 和 \lstinline{citestyle} 选项,默认均为数字格式(numeric),参考文献示例:\cite{cn1,en2,en3} 使用了中国一个大型的 P2P 平台(人人贷)的数据来检验男性投资者和女性投资者在投资表现上是否有显著差异。
+
+如果需要设置为国标 GB7714-2015,需要使用:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+ \documentclass[citestyle=gb7714-2015, bibstyle=gb7714-2015]{elegantbook}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+在使用
+\begin{lstlisting}
+ \documentclass[citestyle=gb7714-2015, bibstyle=gb7714-2015]{elegantbook}
+\end{lstlisting}
+后,排序方式为按引用先后排序。如果不使用国标 GB7714-2015 并且需要添加排序方式,可以在导言区加入下面命令:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+ \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{sorting=<name>}
+\end{lstlisting}
+其中 \lstinline{<name>} 可以是 nty, nyt, nyvt, anyt, anyvt, ynt, ydnt, none, count, debug 的其中之一,更多排序相关请参考 biblatex 宏包手册的 3.1.2.1 节。
+
+
+\section{添加序章}
+
+如果你想在第一章前面添序章,不改变原本章节序号,可以在第一章内容前面使用
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\chapter*{Introduction}
+\markboth{Introduction}{Introduction}
+The content of introduction.
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\section{目录选项与深度}
+本模板添加了一个目录选项 \lstinline{toc},可以设置目录为单栏(\lstinline{onecol})和双栏(\lstinline{twocol})显示,比如双栏显示可以使用
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\documentclass[twocol]{elegantbook}
+\documentclass[toc=twocol]{elegantbook}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+默认本模板目录深度为 1,你可以在导言区使用
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}
+\end{lstlisting}
+将其修改为 2 级目录(章与节)显示。
+
+
+\section{章节摘要}
+模板新增了一个章节摘要环境(introduction),使用示例
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\begin{introduction}
+ \item Definition of Theorem
+ \item Ask for help
+ \item Optimization Problem
+ \item Property of Cauchy Series
+ \item Angle of Corner
+\end{introduction}
+\end{lstlisting}
+效果如下:
+\begin{introduction}
+ \item Definition of Theorem
+ \item Ask for help
+ \item Optimization Problem
+ \item Property of Cauchy Series
+ \item Angle of Corner
+\end{introduction}
+
+环境的标题文字可以通过这个环境的可选参数进行修改,修改方法为:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\begin{introduction}[Brief Introduction]
+...
+\end{introduction}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\section{章后习题}
+前面我们介绍了例题和练习两个环境,这里我们再加一个,章后习题(\lstinline{problemset})环境,用于在每一章结尾,显示本章的练习。使用方法如下
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\begin{problemset}
+ \item exercise 1
+ \item exercise 2
+ \item exercise 3
+\end{problemset}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+
+效果如下:
+\begin{problemset}[我的题目]
+ \item exercise 1
+ \item exercise 2
+ \item exercise 3
+ \item 测试数学公式
+ \begin{equation}
+ a^2+b^2=c_{2_{i}} (1,2) [1,23]
+ \end{equation}
+\end{problemset}
+
+\begin{remark}
+如果你想把 \lstinline{problemset} 环境的标题改为其他文字,你可以类似于 introduction 环境修改 problemset 的可选参数。另外,目前这个环境会自动出现在目录中,但是不会出现在页眉页脚信息中(待解决)。
+\end{remark}
+
+\begin{solution}
+如果你想把 \lstinline{problemset} 环境的标题改为其他文字,你可以类似于 introduction 环境修改 problemset 的可选参数。另外,目前这个环境会自动出现在目录中,但是不会出现在页眉页脚信息中(待解决)。
+\end{solution}
+
+\section{旁注}
+
+在 3.08 版本中,我们引入了 旁注设置选项 \lstinline{marginpar=margintrue} 以及测试命令 \lstinline{\elegantpar} ,但是由此带来一堆问题。我们决定在 3.09 版本中将其删除,并且,在旁注命令得到大幅度优化之前,不会将此命令再次引入书籍模板中。对此造成各位用户的不方便,非常抱歉!不过我们保留了 \lstinline{marginpar} 这个选项,你可以使用 \lstinline{marginpar=margintrue} 获得保留右侧旁注的版面设计。然后使用系统自带的 \lstinline{\marginpar} 或者 \lstinline{marginnote} 宏包的 \lstinline{\marginnote} 命令。
+
+\begin{remark}
+在使用旁注的时候,需要注意的是,文本和公式可以直接在旁注中使用。
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+% text
+\marginpar{margin paragraph text}
+
+% equation
+\marginpar{
+ \begin{equation}
+ a^2 + b^2 = c^2
+ \end{equation}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+但是浮动体(表格、图片)需要注意,不能用浮动体环境,需要使用直接插图命令或者表格命令环境。然后使用 \lstinline{\captionof} 为其设置标题。为了得到居中的图表,可以使用 \lstinline{\centerline} 命令或者 \lstinline{center} 环境。更多详情请参考:\href{https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5583/caption-of-figure-in-marginpar-and-caption-of-wrapfigure-in-margin}{Caption of Figure in Marginpar}。
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+% graph with centerline command
+\marginpar{
+ \centerline{
+ \includegraphics[width=0.2\textwidth]{logo.png}
+ }
+ \captionof{figure}{your figure caption}
+}
+
+% graph with center environment
+\marginpar{
+ \begin{center}
+ \includegraphics[width=0.2\textwidth]{logo.png}
+ \captionof{figure}{your figure caption}
+ \end{center}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\end{remark}
+
+\chapter{字体选项}
+字体选项独立成章的原因是,我们希望本模板的用户关心模板使用的字体,知晓自己使用的字体以及遇到字体相关的问题能更加便捷地找到答案。
+
+\textcolor{red}{\bfseries 重要提示}:从 3.10 版本更新之后,沿用至今的 newtx 系列字体被重新更改为 cm 字体。并且新增中文字体(\lstinline{chinesefont})选项。
+
+\section{数学字体选项}
+
+本模板定义了一个数学字体选项(\lstinline{math}),可选项有三个:
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item \lstinline{math=cm}(默认),使用 \LaTeX{} 默认数学字体(推荐,无需声明);
+ \item \lstinline{math=newtx},使用 \lstinline{newtxmath} 设置数学字体(潜在问题比较多)。
+ \item \lstinline{math=mtpro2},使用 \lstinline{mtpro2} 宏包设置数学字体,要求用户已经成功安装此宏包。
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\section{使用 newtx 系列字体}
+
+如果需要使用原先版本的 \lstinline{newtx} 系列字体,可以通过显示声明数学字体:
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\documentclass[math=newtx]{elegantbook}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\subsection{连字符}
+
+如果使用 \lstinline{newtx} 系列字体宏包,需要注意下连字符的问题。
+\begin{equation}
+ \int_{R^q} f(x,y) dy.\emph{of\kern0pt f} \sin x
+\end{equation}
+的代码为
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\begin{equation}
+ \int_{R^q} f(x,y) dy.\emph{of\kern0pt f} \sin x
+\end{equation}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\subsection{宏包冲突}
+
+另外在 3.08 版本中,有用户反馈模板在和 \lstinline{yhmath} 以及 \lstinline{esvect} 等宏包搭配使用的时候会出现报错:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+LaTeX Error:
+ Too many symbol fonts declared.
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+原因是在使用 \lstinline{newtxmath} 宏包时,重新定义了数学字体用于大型操作符,达到了 {\heiti 最多 16 个数学字体} 的上限,在调用其他宏包的时候,无法新增数学字体。为了减少调用非常用宏包,在此给出如何调用 \lstinline{yhmath} 以及 \lstinline{esvect} 宏包的方法。
+
+请在 \lstinline{elegantbook.cls} 内搜索 \lstinline{yhmath} 或者 \lstinline{esvect},将你所需要的宏包加载语句\textit{取消注释}即可。
+\begin{lstlisting}
+%%% use yhmath pkg, uncomment following code
+% \let\oldwidering\widering
+% \let\widering\undefined
+% \RequirePackage{yhmath}
+% \let\widering\oldwidering
+
+%%% use esvect pkg, uncomment following code
+% \RequirePackage{esvect}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\section{中文字体选项}
+模板从 3.10 版本提供中文字体选项 \lstinline{chinesefont},可选项有
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item \lstinline{ctexfont}:默认选项,使用 \lstinline{ctex} 宏包根据系统自行选择字体,可能存在字体缺失的问题,更多内容参考 \lstinline{ctex} 宏包\href{https://ctan.org/pkg/ctex}{官方文档}\footnote{可以使用命令提示符,输入 \lstinline{texdoc ctex} 调出本地 \lstinline{ctex} 宏包文档}。
+\item \lstinline{founder}:方正字体选项(\textbf{需要安装方正字体}),后台调用 \lstinline{ctex} 宏包并且使用 \lstinline{fontset=none} 选项,然后设置字体为方正四款免费字体,方正字体下载注意事项见后文,用户只需要安装方正字体即可使用该选项。
+\item \lstinline{nofont}:后台会调用 \lstinline{ctex} 宏包并且使用 \lstinline{fontset=none} 选项,不设定中文字体,用户可以自行设置中文字体,具体见后文。
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\subsection{方正字体选项}
+由于使用 \lstinline{ctex} 宏包默认调用系统已有的字体,部分系统字体缺失严重,因此,用户希望能够使用其它字体,我们推荐使用方正字体。方正的{\songti 方正书宋}、{\heiti 方正黑体}、{\kaishu 方正楷体}、{\fangsong 方正仿宋}四款字体均可免费试用,且可用于商业用途。用户可以自行从\href{http://www.foundertype.com/}{方正字体官网}下载此四款字体,在下载的时候请\textbf{务必}注意选择 GBK 字符集,也可以使用 \href{https://www.latexstudio.net/}{\LaTeX{} 工作室}提供的\href{https://pan.baidu.com/s/1BgbQM7LoinY7m8yeP25Y7Q}{方正字体,提取码为:njy9} 进行安装。安装时,{\kaishu Win 10 用户请右键选择为全部用户安装,否则会找不到字体。}
+
+\begin{figure}[!htb]
+\centering
+\includegraphics[width=0.9\textwidth]{founder.png}
+\end{figure}
+
+\subsection{其他中文字体}
+如果你想完全自定义字体\footnote{这里仍然以方正字体为例。},你可以选择 \lstinline{chinesefont=nofont},然后在导言区设置
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\setCJKmainfont[BoldFont={FZHei-B01},ItalicFont={FZKai-Z03}]{FZShuSong-Z01}
+\setCJKsansfont[BoldFont={FZHei-B01}]{FZKai-Z03}
+\setCJKmonofont[BoldFont={FZHei-B01}]{FZFangSong-Z02}
+\setCJKfamilyfont{zhsong}{FZShuSong-Z01}
+\setCJKfamilyfont{zhhei}{FZHei-B01}
+\setCJKfamilyfont{zhkai}[BoldFont={FZHei-B01}]{FZKai-Z03}
+\setCJKfamilyfont{zhfs}[BoldFont={FZHei-B01}]{FZFangSong-Z02}
+\newcommand*{\songti}{\CJKfamily{zhsong}}
+\newcommand*{\heiti}{\CJKfamily{zhhei}}
+\newcommand*{\kaishu}{\CJKfamily{zhkai}}
+\newcommand*{\fangsong}{\CJKfamily{zhfs}}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\chapter{ElegantBook 写作示例}
+
+\begin{introduction}
+ \item 积分定义~\ref{def:int}
+ \item Fubini 定理~\ref{thm:fubi}
+ \item 最优性原理~\ref{pro:max}
+ \item 柯西列性质~\ref{property:cauchy}
+ \item 韦达定理
+\end{introduction}
+
+\section{Lebesgue 积分}
+在前面各章做了必要的准备后,本章开始介绍新的积分。在 Lebesgue 测度理论的基础上建立了 Lebesgue 积分,其被积函数和积分域更一般,可以对有界函数和无界函数统一处理。正是由于 Lebesgue 积分的这些特点,使得 Lebesgue 积分比 Riemann 积分具有在更一般条件下的极限定理和累次积分交换积分顺序的定理,这使得 Lebesgue 积分不仅在理论上更完善,而且在计算上更灵活有效。
+
+Lebesgue 积分有几种不同的定义方式。我们将采用逐步定义非负简单函数,非负可测函数和一般可测函数积分的方式。
+
+由于现代数学的许多分支如概率论、泛函分析、调和分析等常常用到一般空间上的测度与积分理论,在本章最后一节将介绍一般的测度空间上的积分。
+
+\subsection{积分的定义}
+
+我们将通过三个步骤定义可测函数的积分。首先定义非负简单函数的积分。以下设 $E$ 是 $\mathcal{R}^n$ 中的可测集。
+
+\begin{definition}[可积性] \label{def:int}
+设 $ f(x)=\sum\limits_{i=1}^{k} a_i \chi_{A_i}(x)$ 是 $E$ 上的\textbf{非负简单函数},中文其中 $\{A_1,A_2,\ldots,A_k\}$ 是 $E$ 上的一个可测分割,$a_1,a_2,\ldots,a_k$ 是非负实数。定义 $f$ 在 $E$ 上的积分为 $\int_{a}^b f(x)$
+\begin{equation}
+ \label{inter}
+ \int_{E} f dx = \sum_{i=1}^k a_i m(A_i) \pi \alpha\beta\sigma\gamma\nu\xi\epsilon\varepsilon. \oint_{a}^b\ointop_{a}^b\prod_{i=1}^n
+\end{equation}
+一般情况下 $0 \leq \int_{E} f dx \leq \infty$。若 $\int_{E} f dx < \infty$,则称 $f$ 在 $E$ 上可积。
+\end{definition}
+
+一个自然的问题是,Lebesgue 积分与我们所熟悉的 Riemann 积分有什么联系和区别?在 4.4 在我们将详细讨论 Riemann 积分与 Lebesgue 积分的关系。这里只看一个简单的例子。设 $D(x)$ 是区间 $[0,1]$ 上的 Dirichlet 函数。即 $D(x)=\chi_{Q_0}(x)$,其中 $Q_0$ 表示 $[0,1]$ 中的有理数的全体。根据非负简单函数积分的定义,$D(x)$ 在 $[0,1]$ 上的 Lebesgue 积分为
+\begin{equation}
+ \label{inter2}
+ \int_0^1 D(x)dx = \int_0^1 \chi_{Q_0} (x) dx = m(Q_0) = 0
+\end{equation}
+即 $D(x)$ 在 $[0,1]$ 上是 Lebesgue 可积的并且积分值为零。但 $D(x)$ 在 $[0,1]$ 上不是 Riemann 可积的。
+
+
+有界变差函数是与单调函数有密切联系的一类函数。有界变差函数可以表示为两个单调递增函数之差。与单调函数一样,有界变差函数几乎处处可导。与单调函数不同,有界变差函数类对线性运算是封闭的,它们构成一线空间。练习题 \ref{exer:43} 是一个性质的证明。
+
+\begin{exercise}\label{exer:43}
+设 $f \notin\in L(\mathcal{R}^1)$,$g$ 是 $\mathcal{R}^1$ 上的有界可测函数。证明函数
+\begin{equation}
+ \label{ex:1}
+ I(t) = \int_{\mathcal{R}^1} f(x+t)g(x)dx \quad t \in \mathcal{R}^1
+\end{equation}
+是 $\mathcal{R}^1$ 上的连续函数。
+\end{exercise}
+
+\begin{solution}
+即 $D(x)$ 在 $[0,1]$ 上是 Lebesgue 可积的并且积分值为零。但 $D(x)$ 在 $[0,1]$ 上不是 Riemann 可积的。
+\end{solution}
+
+\begin{proof}
+即 $D(x)$ 在 $[0,1]$ 上是 Lebesgue 可积的并且积分值为零。但 $D(x)$ 在 $[0,1]$ 上不是 Riemann 可积的。
+\end{proof}
+
+\begin{theorem}[Fubini 定理] \label{thm:fubi}
+(1)若 $f(x,y)$ 是 $\mathcal{R}^p\times\mathcal{R}^q$ 上的非负可测函数,则对几乎处处的 $x\in \mathcal{R}^p$,$f(x,y)$ 作为 $y$ 的函数是 $\mathcal{R}^q$ 上的非负可测函数,$g(x)=\int_{\mathcal{R}^q}f(x,y) dy$ 是 $\mathcal{R}^p$ 上的非负可测函数。并且
+\begin{equation}
+ \label{eq:461}
+ \int_{\mathcal{R}^p\times\mathcal{R}^q} f(x,y) dxdy=\int_{\mathcal{R}^p}\left(\int_{\mathcal{R}^q}f(x,y)dy\right)dx.
+\end{equation}
+
+(2)若 $f(x,y)$ 是 $\mathcal{R}^p\times\mathcal{R}^q$ 上的可积函数,则对几乎处处的 $x\in\mathcal{R}^p$,$f(x,y)$ 作为 $y$ 的函数是 $\mathcal{R}^q$ 上的可积函数,并且 $g(x)=\int_{\mathcal{R}^q}f(x,y) dy$ 是 $\mathcal{R}^p$ 上的可积函数。而且~\eqref{eq:461} 成立。
+\end{theorem}
+
+\begin{note}
+在本模板中,引理(lemma),推论(corollary)的样式和定理~\ref{thm:fubi} 的样式一致,包括颜色,仅仅只有计数器的设置不一样。
+\end{note}
+
+我们说一个实变或者复变量的实值或者复值函数是在区间上平方可积的,如果其绝对值的平方在该区间上的积分是有限的。所有在勒贝格积分意义下平方可积的可测函数构成一个希尔伯特空间,也就是所谓的 $L^2$ 空间,几乎处处相等的函数归为同一等价类。形式上,$L^2$ 是平方可积函数的空间和几乎处处为 0 的函数空间的商空间。
+
+\begin{proposition}[最优性原理] \label{pro:max}
+如果 $u^*$ 在 $[s,T]$ 上为最优解,则 $u^*$ 在 $[s, T]$ 任意子区间都是最优解,假设区间为 $[t_0, t_1]$ 的最优解为 $u^*$ ,则 $u(t_0)=u^{*}(t_0)$,即初始条件必须还是在 $u^*$ 上。
+\end{proposition}
+
+我们知道最小二乘法可以用来处理一组数据,可以从一组测定的数据中寻求变量之间的依赖关系,这种函数关系称为经验公式。本课题将介绍最小二乘法的精确定义及如何寻求点与点之间近似成线性关系时的经验公式。假定实验测得变量之间的 $n$ 个数据,则在平面上,可以得到 $n$ 个点,这种图形称为 “散点图”,从图中可以粗略看出这些点大致散落在某直线近旁, 我们认为其近似为一线性函数,下面介绍求解步骤。
+
+\begin{figure}[htbp]
+ \centering
+ \includegraphics[width=0.6\textwidth]{scatter.jpg}
+ \caption{散点图示例 $\hat{y}=a+bx$ \label{fig:scatter}}
+\end{figure}
+
+以最简单的一元线性模型来解释最小二乘法。什么是一元线性模型呢?监督学习中,如果预测的变量是离散的,我们称其为分类(如决策树,支持向量机等),如果预测的变量是连续的,我们称其为回归。回归分析中,如果只包括一个自变量和一个因变量,且二者的关系可用一条直线近似表示,这种回归分析称为一元线性回归分析。如果回归分析中包括两个或两个以上的自变量,且因变量和自变量之间是线性关系,则称为多元线性回归分析。对于二维空间线性是一条直线;对于三维空间线性是一个平面,对于多维空间线性是一个超平面。
+
+\begin{property}\label{property:cauchy}
+柯西列的性质
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item $\{x_k\}$ 是柯西列,则其子列 $\{x_k^i\}$ 也是柯西列。
+\item $x_k\in \mathcal{R}^n$,$\rho(x,y)$ 是欧几里得空间,则柯西列收敛,$(\mathcal{R}^n,\rho)$ 空间是完备的。
+\end{enumerate}
+\end{property}
+
+\begin{conclusion}
+回归分析(regression analysis) 是确定两种或两种以上变量间相互依赖的定量关系的一种统计分析方法。运用十分广泛,回归分析按照涉及的变量的多少,分为一元回归和多元回归分析;按照因变量的多少,可分为简单回归分析和多重回归分析;按照自变量和因变量之间的关系类型,可分为线性回归分析和非线性回归分析。
+\end{conclusion}
+
+\begin{problemset}
+\item 设 $A$ 为数域 $K$ 上的 $n$ 级矩阵。证明:如果 $K^n$ 中任意非零列向量都是 $A$ 的特征向量,则 $A$ 一定是数量矩阵。
+\item 证明:不为零矩阵的幂零矩阵不能对角化。
+\item 设 $A = (a_{ij})$ 是数域 $K$ 上的一个 $n$ 级上三角矩阵,证明:如果 $a_{11} = a_{22} = \cdots = a_{nn}$,并且至少有一个 $a_{kl} \not = 0 (k < l)$,则 $A$ 一定不能对角化。
+\end{problemset}
+
+\chapter{常见问题集}
+
+我们根据用户社区反馈整理了下面一些常见的问题,用户在遇到问题时,应当首先查阅本手册和本部分的常见的问题。
+
+\begin{enumerate}[itemsep=1.5ex]
+ \item \question{有没有办法章节用“第一章,第一节,(一)”这种?}
+ 见前文介绍,可以使用 \lstinline{scheme=chinese} 设置。
+ \item \question{大佬,我想把正文字体改为亮色,背景色改为黑灰色。}
+ 页面颜色可以使用 \lstinline{\pagecolor} 命令设置,文本命令可以参考\href{https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/278544/xcolor-what-is-the-equivalent-of-default-text-color}{这里}进行设置。
+ \item \question{\lstinline{! LaTeX Error: Unknown option 'scheme=plain' for package 'ctex'.}}
+ 你用的 C\TeX{} 套装吧?这个里面的 \lstinline{ctex} 宏包已经是已经是 10 年前的了,与本模板使用的 \lstinline{ctex} 宏集有很大区别。不建议 C\TeX{} 套装了,请卸载并安装 \TeX{} Live 2022。
+ \item \question{我该使用什么版本?}
+ 请务必使用\href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook/releases}{最新正式发行版},发行版间不定期可能会有更新(修复 bug 或者改进之类),如果你在使用过程中没有遇到问题,不需要每次更新\href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook/archive/master.zip}{最新版},但是在发行版更新之后,请尽可能使用最新版(发行版)!最新发行版可以在 GitHub 或者 \TeX{} Live 2021 内获取。
+ \item \question{我该使用什么编辑器?}
+ 你可以使用 \TeX{} Live 2021 自带的编辑器 \TeX{}works 或者使用 \TeX{}studio,\TeX works 的自动补全,你可以参考我们的总结 \href{https://github.com/EthanDeng/texworks-autocomplete}{\TeX works 自动补全}。推荐使用 \TeX{} Live 2021 + \TeX{}studio。我自己用 VS Code 和 Sublime Text,相关的配置说明,请参考 \href{https://github.com/EthanDeng/vscode-latex}{\LaTeX{} 编译环境配置:Visual Studio Code 配置简介} 和 \href{https://github.com/EthanDeng/sublime-text-latex}{Sublime Text 搭建 \LaTeX{} 编写环境}。
+ \item \question{您好,我们想用您的 ElegantBook 模板写一本书。关于机器学习的教材,希望获得您的授权,谢谢您的宝贵时间。}
+ 模板的使用修改都是自由的,你们声明模板来源以及模板地址(GitHub 地址)即可,其他未尽事宜按照开源协议 LPPL-1.3c。做好之后,如果方便的话,可以给我们一个链接,我把你们的教材放在 Elegant\LaTeX{} 用户作品集里。
+ \item \question{请问交叉引用是什么?}
+ 本群和本模板适合有一定 \LaTeX{} 基础的用户使用,新手请先学习 \LaTeX{} 的基础,理解各种概念,否则你将寸步难行。
+ \item \question{代码高亮环境能用其他语言吗?}
+ 可以的,ElegantBook 模板用的是 \lstinline{listings} 宏包,你可以在环境(\lstinline{lstlisting})之后加上语言(比如 Python 使用 \lstinline{language=Python} 选项),全局语言修改请使用 \lstinline{lstset} 命令,更多信息请参考宏包文档。
+ \item \question{群主,什么时候出 Beamer 的模板(主题),ElegantSlide 或者 ElegantBeamer?}
+ 由于 Beamer 中有一个很优秀的主题 \href{https://github.com/matze/mtheme}{Metropolis}。后续确定不会再出任何主题/模板,请大家根据需要修改已有主题。
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\chapter{版本更新历史}
+
+根据用户的反馈,我们不断修正和完善模板。由于 3.00 之前版本与现在版本差异非常大,在此不列出 3.00 之前的更新内容。
+
+\datechange{2022/12/31}{版本 4.5} \textcolor{red}{\bfseries 停止维护!}
+
+\datechange{2022/08/17}{版本 4.5 pre}
+\begin{change}
+ \item \textbf{重要改动}:提供了一个新的文档类选项 \lstinline|usesamecnt|,可以使全局的定理类环境使用同一个计数器。
+ \item \textbf{重要改动}:修改了 \lstinline|\elegantnewtheorem| 命令,使其有第五个(可选)参数。
+\end{change}
+
+\datechange{2022/08/15}{版本 4.4 正式发布。}
+
+\begin{change}
+ \item \textbf{重要改动}:提供了一个定义定理类环境的命令 \lstinline|\elegantnewtheorem|;
+ \item \textbf{重要改动}:为所有内置定理类环境提供了带星号的版本,带星号的定理类环境不会编号,修复 \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook/issues/167}{issue: \#167};
+ \item \textbf{重要改动}:在 \lstinline{scheme=chinese} 下将目录中的“第 1 章”修改为“第一章”;
+ \item 将 TeX Gyre Termes 改为 TeX Gyre TermesX,使英文部分字形与 newtx 系列宏包更相近;
+ \item 重写了内置定理类环境的实现方法,修复了一些 bug,由于修改部分较大,如果引入了新的 bug,请及时在 QQ 群或 \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX}{Github} 上进行反馈;
+ \item 删除 Gitee 仓库地址,恢复 GitHub 提交(pull requests);
+ \item 将参考文献命令添加到导言区,使编辑器能够对参考文献自动补全。
+\end{change}
+
+\datechange{2022/04/09}{版本 4.3 正式发布。}
+
+\begin{change}
+ \item 放弃 newtx 系列宏包的设置,改用 TeX Gyre Termes,并设置其他字体;
+ \item 修改定理类环境内部字体设置,修复环境内部中文无法加粗问题;
+ \item 增加定理类环境的计数器选项 \lstinline{thmcnt},可选 \lstinline{chapter} 和 \lstinline{section};
+ \item 增加 \lstinline{bibend} 选项,可选 \lstinline{bibend=biber}(默认)和 \lstinline{bibend=bibtex}。
+\end{change}
+
+
+
+\datechange{2022/03/08}{版本 4.2 正式发布。}
+
+\begin{change}
+ \item 对于 newtx 系列宏包更新导致的字体 bug 的修复;
+ \item 修缮目录格式,为了达到这个目的,重新改写 \lstinline{\chaptername} 的重定义语句;
+ \item 增加日语 \lstinline{lang=jp} 设定。
+ \item 这个版本为一个临时性版本,在 \TeX Live 2022 发布之后,将尽快发布 4.3 版本,由于对于中文的改动比较大,可能会出现预期之外的 bug,有问题可以在 QQ 群或者 Github 反馈。
+\end{change}
+
+
+\datechange{2021/05/02}{版本 4.1 正式发布。}
+
+\begin{change}
+ \item \textbf{重要改动}:由原先的 \hologo{BibTeX} 改为 biblatex 编译方式(后端为 \lstinline{biber}),请注意两者之间的差异;
+ \item \textbf{重要改进}:修改对于定理写法兼容方式,提高数学公式代码的兼容性;
+ \item 页面设置改动,默认页面更宽;方便书写和阅读;
+ \item 支持目录文字以及页码跳转;
+ \item 不再维护 \hologo{pdfLaTeX} 中文支持方式,请务必使用 \hologo{XeLaTeX} 编译中文文稿。
+ \item 增加多个语言选项,法语 \lstinline{lang=fr}、荷兰语 \lstinline{lang=nl}、匈牙利语 \lstinline{lang=hu}、西班牙语 \lstinline{lang=es}、蒙古语 \lstinline{lang=mn} 等。
+\end{change}
+
+
+\datechange{2020/04/12}{版本 3.11 正式发布,\textcolor{red}{此版本为 3.x 最后版本。}}
+
+\begin{change}
+ \item \textbf{重要修正}:修复因为 \lstinline{gbt7714} 宏包更新导致的 \lstinline{natbib option clash} 错误;
+ \item 由于 \lstinline{pgfornament} 宏包未被 \TeX{} Live 2020 收录,因此删除 base 相关的内容;
+ \item 修复部分环境的空格问题;
+ \item 增加了意大利语言选项 \lstinline{lang=it}。
+\end{change}
+
+
+\datechange{2020/02/10}{版本 3.10 正式发布}
+
+\begin{change}
+ \item 增加数学字体选项 \lstinline{math},可选项为 \lstinline{newtx} 和 \lstinline{cm}。\\
+ \textbf{重要提示}:原先通过 \lstinline{newtxmath} 宏包设置的数学字体改为 \LaTeX{} 默认数学字体,如果需要保持原来的字体,需要显式声明数学字体(\lstinline{math=newtx});
+ \item 新增中文字体选项 \lstinline{chinesefont},可选项为 \lstinline{ctexfont}、\lstinline{founder} 和 \lstinline{nofont}。
+ \item 将封面作者信息设置为可选,并且增加自定义信息命令 \lstinline{\bioinfo};
+ \item 在说明文档中增加版本历史,新增 \lstinline{\datechange} 命令和 \lstinline{change} 环境;
+ \item 增加汉化章节选项 \lstinline{scheme},可选项为汉化 \lstinline{chinese};
+ \item 由于 \lstinline{\lvert} 问题已经修复,重新调整 \lstinline{ctex} 宏包和 \lstinline{amsmath} 宏包位置。
+ \item 修改页眉设置,去除了 \lstinline{\lastpage} 以避免 page anchor 问题,加入 \lstinline{\frontmatter}。
+ \item 修改参考文献选项 \lstinline{cite},可选项为数字 \lstinline{numbers}、 作者-年份 \lstinline{authoryear} 以及上标 \lstinline{super}。
+ \item 新增参考文献样式选项 \lstinline{bibstyle},并将英文模式下参考文献样式 \lstinline{apalike} 设置为默认值,中文仍然使用 \lstinline{gbt7714} 宏包设置。
+\end{change}
+
+\datechange{2019/08/18}{版本 3.09 正式发布}
+
+\begin{change}
+ \item \lstinline{\elegantpar} 存在 bug,删除 \lstinline{\elegantpar} 命令,建议用户改用 \lstinline{\marginnote} 和 \lstinline{\marginpar} 旁注命令。
+ \item 积分操作符统一更改为 \lstinline{esint} 宏包设置;
+ \item 新增目录选项 \lstinline{toc},可选项为单栏 \lstinline{onecol} 和双栏 \lstinline{twocol};
+ \item 手动增加参考文献选项 \lstinline{cite},可选项为上标形式 \lstinline{super};
+ \item 修正章节习题(\lstinline{problemset})环境。
+\end{change}
+
+\datechange{2019/05/28}{版本 3.08 正式发布}
+
+\begin{change}
+ \item 修复 \lstinline{\part} 命令。
+ \item 引入 Note 模板中的 \lstinline{pad} 选项 \lstinline{device=pad}。
+ \item 数学字体加入 \lstinline{mtpro2} 可选项 \lstinline{math=mtpro2},使用免费的 \lstinline{lite} 子集。
+ \item 将参考文献默认显示方式 \lstinline{authoyear} 改为 \lstinline{numbers}。
+ \item 引入旁注命令 \lstinline{\marginpar}(测试)。
+ \item 新增章节摘要环境 \lstinline{introduction}。
+ \item 新增章节习题环境 \lstinline{problemset}。
+ \item 将 \lstinline{\equote} 重命名为 \lstinline{\extrainfo}。
+ \item 完善说明文档,增加致谢部分。
+\end{change}
+
+\datechange{2019/04/15}{版本 3.07 正式发布}
+
+\begin{change}
+ \item 删除中英文自定义字体总设置。
+ \item 新增颜色主题,并将原绿色默认主题设置为蓝色 \lstinline{color=blue}。
+ \item 引入隐藏装饰图案选项 \lstinline{base},可选项有显示 \lstinline{show} 和隐藏 \lstinline{hide}。
+ \item 新增定理模式 \lstinline{mode},可选项有简单模式 \lstinline{simple} 和炫彩模式 \lstinline{fancy}。
+ \item 新增隐藏证明、答案等环境的选项 \lstinline{result=noanswer}。
+\end{change}
+
+\datechange{2019/02/25}{版本 3.06 正式发布}
+
+\begin{change}
+ \item 删除水印。
+ \item 新封面,新装饰图案。
+ \item 添加引言使用说明。
+ \item 修复双面 \lstinline{twoside}。
+ \item 美化列表环境。
+ \item 增加 \lstinline{\subsubsection} 的设置。
+ \item 将模板拆分成中英文语言模式。
+ \item 使用 \lstinline{lstlisting} 添加代码高亮。
+ \item 增加定理类环境使用说明。
+\end{change}
+
+\datechange{2019/01/22}{版本 3.05 正式发布}
+
+\begin{change}
+ \item 添加 \lstinline{xeCJK} 宏包中文支持方案。
+ \item 修复模板之前对 Ti\textit{k}Z 单位的改动。
+ \item 更新 logo 图。
+\end{change}
+
+\datechange{2019/01/15}{版本 3.04 正式发布}
+
+\begin{change}
+ \item 格式化模板代码。
+ \item 增加 \lstinline{\equote} 命令。
+ \item 修改 \lstinline{\date}。
+\end{change}
+
+\datechange{2019/01/08}{版本 3.03 正式发布}
+
+\begin{change}
+ \item 修复附录章节显示问题。
+ \item 小幅优化封面代码。
+\end{change}
+
+\datechange{2018/12/31}{版本 3.02 正式发布}
+
+\begin{change}
+ \item 修复名字系列命令自定义格式时出现的空格问题,比如 \lstinline{\listfigurename}。
+ \item 英文定理类名字改为中文名。
+ \item 英文结构名改为中文。
+\end{change}
+
+\datechange{2018/12/16}{版本 3.01 正式发布}
+
+\begin{change}
+ \item 调整 \lstinline{ctex} 宏包。
+ \item 说明文档增加更新内容。
+\end{change}
+
+\datechange{2018/12/06}{版本 3.00 正式发布}
+
+\begin{change}
+ \item 删除 \lstinline{mathpazo} 数学字体选项。
+ \item 添加邮箱命令 \lstinline{\mailto}。
+ \item 修改英文字体为 \lstinline{newtx} 系列,另外大型操作符号维持 cm 字体。
+ \item 中文字体改用 \lstinline{ctex} 宏包自动设置。
+ \item 删除 \lstinline{xeCJK} 字体设置,原因是不同系统字体不方便统一。
+ \item 定理换用 \lstinline{tcolorbox} 宏包定义,并基本维持原有的定理样式,优化显示效果,支持跨页;定理类名字重命名,如 etheorem 改为 theorem 等等。
+ \item 删去自定义的缩进命令 \lstinline{\Eindent}。
+ \item 添加参考文献宏包 \lstinline{natbib}。
+ \item 颜色名字重命名。
+\end{change}
+
+\nocite{*}
+
+\printbibliography[heading=bibintoc, title=\ebibname]
+\appendix
+
+\chapter{基本数学工具}
+
+
+本附录包括了计量经济学中用到的一些基本数学,我们扼要论述了求和算子的各种性质,研究了线性和某些非线性方程的性质,并复习了比例和百分数。我们还介绍了一些在应用计量经济学中常见的特殊函数,包括二次函数和自然对数,前 4 节只要求基本的代数技巧,第 5 节则对微分学进行了简要回顾;虽然要理解本书的大部分内容,微积分并非必需,但在一些章末附录和第 3 篇某些高深专题中,我们还是用到了微积分。
+
+\section{求和算子与描述统计量}
+
+\textbf{求和算子} 是用以表达多个数求和运算的一个缩略符号,它在统计学和计量经济学分析中扮演着重要作用。如果 $\{x_i: i=1, 2, \ldots, n\}$ 表示 $n$ 个数的一个序列,那么我们就把这 $n$ 个数的和写为:
+
+\begin{equation}
+\sum_{i=1}^n x_i \equiv x_1 + x_2 +\cdots + x_n
+\end{equation}
+
+
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/elegantbook-en.pdf b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/elegantbook-en.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1c2fcfdeb5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/elegantbook-en.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/elegantbook-en.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/elegantbook-en.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c581abc9fe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/elegantbook-en.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,805 @@
+\documentclass[11pt]{elegantbook}
+
+\title{An Elegant \LaTeX{} Template for Books}
+\subtitle{Classic Elegant\LaTeX{} Template}
+
+\author{Ethan Deng, Liam Huang, syvshc, sikouhjw \& Osbert Wang}
+\institute{Elegant\LaTeX{} Program}
+\date{Dec. 31, 2022}
+\version{4.5}
+\bioinfo{Bio}{Information}
+
+\extrainfo{\textcolor{red}{\bfseries Caution: This template will no longer be maintained since January 1st, 2023.}}
+
+\logo{logo-blue.png}
+\cover{cover.jpg}
+
+% modify the color in the middle of titlepage
+\definecolor{customcolor}{RGB}{32,178,170}
+\colorlet{coverlinecolor}{customcolor}
+\usepackage{cprotect}
+
+\addbibresource[location=local]{reference.bib} % bib
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\frontmatter
+\tableofcontents
+
+\mainmatter
+
+\chapter{Elegant\LaTeX{} Templates}
+Elegant\LaTeX{} Program developers are intended to provide you beautiful, elegant, user-friendly templates. Currently, the Elegant\LaTeX{} is composed of \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantNote}{ElegantNote}, \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook}{ElegantBook}, \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantPaper}{ElegantPaper}, designed for typesetting notes, books, and working papers respectively. Latest releases are strongly recommended! This guide is aimed at briefly introducing the 101 of this template. For any other question, suggestion or comment, feel free to contact us on GitHub \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook/issues}{issues} or email us at \email{elegantlatex2e@gmail.com}.
+
+Contact Infos:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item GitHub: \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/}{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/}
+ \item CTAN: \href{https://ctan.org/pkg/elegantbook}{https://ctan.org/pkg/elegantbook}
+ \item Download: \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook/releases}{release}, \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook/archive/master.zip}{latest version}
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+\section{Online Usage}
+You can visit \href{https://www.overleaf.com/}{Overleaf} to use our template online anywhere and anytime without local installation. To find our template, search \lstinline{elegantlatex} in the \lstinline{templates} or simply visit \href{https://www.overleaf.com/latex/templates?addsearch=elegantlatex}{search result}, choose the template you prefer and \lstinline{Open as Template} to own a copy yourself to edit freely. To learn more about Overleaf, please refer to \href{https://www.overleaf.com/learn}{Documentation}.
+
+
+\section{Portable Version}
+For portable version, simply download lastest ElegantBook-master from GitHub or CTAN (to be more accurate, download \lstinline{elegantbook.cls}) and save the file(s) under your working directory. This way of installation is simple and convenient, but you have to manually update \lstinline{cls} now and then.
+
+
+\section{Update Templates}
+You can use cmd/terminal to update the tlmgr itself and all the packages, the commands are:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+tlmgr update --self
+tlmgr update --all
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+To learn more, please refer to \href{https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/55437/how-do-i-update-my-tex-distribution}{How do I update my \TeX{} distribution?}
+
+\section{Other Release Versions}
+If you are a \TeX{} Live 2018/2019/2020/2021 user and would like to update, the official solution is to uninstall the previous version. If you want to save the bother of uninstallation and re-installation, please copy \lstinline{elegantbook.cls} to the installation directory of \TeX{} Live 2022 (default: \lstinline|C:\texlive\2022\texmf-dist\tex\latex\elegantbook| ), run \lstinline{texhash} in cmd.
+
+\chapter{ElegantBook Settings}
+This template is based on the Standard \LaTeX{} book class, so the options of book class work as well (Note that the option of papersize has no effect due to \lstinline{device} option). The default encoding is UTF-8 while \TeX{} Live is recommended. The test environments are Win10/Ubuntu 20.04/macOS + \TeX{} Live 2022/ Mac\TeX{} 2022, either \hologo{pdfLaTeX} or \hologo{XeLaTeX} works fine for \lstinline{lang=en}.
+
+\section{Languages}
+We defined one option named \lstinline{lang} which has two basic values, \lstinline{lang=en} (default) , \lstinline{lang=cn}. Different values will alter the captions of figure/table, abstract name, refname, etc. You can use this option as
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\documentclass[en]{elegantbook}
+\documentclass[lang=en]{elegantbook}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+Besides the two basic language translation, our user provide more options, here is a short brief introduction to these translation. Since I am not familiar with these languages, I can't guarantee that the translations are correct, please comment on GitHub if you have some questions.
+
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item Italian translation \lstinline{lang=it}, provided by \href{https://github.com/VincentMVV}{VincentMVV} , please refer to \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook/issues/85}{Italian translation};
+ \item French translation \lstinline{lang=fr}, provided by \href{https://github.com/abfek66}{abfek66} , please refer to \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook/issues/85}{Italian translation};
+ \item Dutch Translation \lstinline{lang=nl}, provided by \href{https://github.com/inktvis75}{inktvis75} , please refer to \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook/issues/108}{Dutch Translation};
+ \item Hungarian translation \lstinline{lang=hu}, provided by \href{https://github.com/palkotamas}{palkotamas}, please refer to \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook/issues/111}{Hungarian translation};
+ \item Deutsch translation \lstinline{lang=de}, provided by Lisa, please refer to \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook/issues/113}{Deutsch translation};
+ \item Spanish translation \lstinline{lang=es}, provided by Gustavo A. Corradi, please refer to \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook/issues/133}{Spanish translation};
+ \item Mongolian translation \lstinline{lang=mn}, provided by \href{https://github.com/Altantsooj}{Altantsooj}, please refer to \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook/issues/137}{Mongolian translation};
+ \item Japanese translation \lstinline{lang=jp}, provided by \href{https://github.com/inusturbo}{inusturbo}, please refer to \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook/issues/172}{Japanese translation}.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\begin{remark}
+Chinese Characters are acceptable \textbf{ONLY} in \lstinline{lang=cn}.
+\end{remark}
+
+\section{Device Mode Option}
+The option for device (\lstinline{device}) was originally used in ElegantNote, now we include this option in ElegantBook\footnote{Pictures have to be modified accordingly.} as well. Activate iPad mode in the following way\footnote{Default size: normal, A4 paper.}:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\documentclass[pad]{elegantbook} %or
+\documentclass[device=pad]{elegantbook}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\section{Color Themes}
+This template contains 5 color themes, i.e., \textcolor{structure1}{\lstinline{green}}\footnote{Original default theme.}, \textcolor{structure2}{\lstinline{cyan}}, \textcolor{structure3}{\lstinline{blue}}(default), \textcolor{structure4}{\lstinline{gray}}, \textcolor{structure5}{\lstinline{black}}. You can choose \lstinline{green} with
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\documentclass[green]{elegantbook} %or
+\documentclass[color=green]{elegantbook}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+
+\begin{table}[htbp]
+\caption{ElegantBook Themes\label{tab:color thm}}
+\centering
+\begin{tabular}{ccccccc}
+\toprule
+ & \textcolor{structure1}{green}
+ & \textcolor{structure2}{cyan}
+ & \textcolor{structure3}{blue}
+ & \textcolor{structure4}{gray}
+ & \textcolor{structure5}{black}
+ & Main Environments\\
+\midrule
+structure & \makecell{{\color{structure1}\rule{1cm}{1cm}}}
+ & \makecell{{\color{structure2}\rule{1cm}{1cm}}}
+ & \makecell{{\color{structure3}\rule{1cm}{1cm}}}
+ & \makecell{{\color{structure4}\rule{1cm}{1cm}}}
+ & \makecell{{\color{structure5}\rule{1cm}{1cm}}}
+ & chapter section subsection \\
+main & \makecell{{\color{main1}\rule{1cm}{1cm}}}
+ & \makecell{{\color{main2}\rule{1cm}{1cm}}}
+ & \makecell{{\color{main3}\rule{1cm}{1cm}}}
+ & \makecell{{\color{main4}\rule{1cm}{1cm}}}
+ & \makecell{{\color{main5}\rule{1cm}{1cm}}}
+ & definition exercise problem \\
+second & \makecell{{\color{second1}\rule{1cm}{1cm}}}
+ & \makecell{{\color{second2}\rule{1cm}{1cm}}}
+ & \makecell{{\color{second3}\rule{1cm}{1cm}}}
+ & \makecell{{\color{second4}\rule{1cm}{1cm}}}
+ & \makecell{{\color{second5}\rule{1cm}{1cm}}}
+ & theorem lemma corollary\\
+third & \makecell{{\color{third1}\rule{1cm}{1cm}}}
+ & \makecell{{\color{third2}\rule{1cm}{1cm}}}
+ & \makecell{{\color{third3}\rule{1cm}{1cm}}}
+ & \makecell{{\color{third4}\rule{1cm}{1cm}}}
+ & \makecell{{\color{third5}\rule{1cm}{1cm}}}
+ & proposition\\
+\bottomrule
+\end{tabular}
+\end{table}
+
+If you want to customize the colors, please select \lstinline{nocolor} or use \lstinline{color=none} and declare the main, second, and third colors in the preamble section as follows:
+\begin{lstlisting}[frame=single]
+\definecolor{structurecolor}{RGB}{60,113,183}
+\definecolor{main}{RGB}{0,166,82}%
+\definecolor{second}{RGB}{255,134,24}%
+\definecolor{third}{RGB}{0,174,247}%
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\section{Cover}
+\subsection{Customized Cover}
+From v3.10, customized cover is allowed, you can choose or hide any element as you prefer. Current optional elements are:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item title: \lstinline{\title}
+ \item subtitle: \lstinline{\subtitle}
+ \item author: \lstinline{\author}
+ \item institute: \lstinline{\institute}
+ \item date: \lstinline{\date}
+ \item version: \lstinline{\version}
+ \item extra information: \lstinline{\extrainfo}
+ \item cover image: \lstinline{\cover}
+ \item logo: \lstinline{\logo}
+\end{itemize}
+
+Besides, an extra command \lstinline{\bioinfo} is provided with two options--caption and content. For instance, if you want to display \lstinline{Username: 111520}, just type in
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\bioinfo{Username}{115520}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+You can change the color of the horizontal bar of the cover by
+\begin{lstlisting}
+ \definecolor{customcolor}{RGB}{32,178,170}
+ \colorlet{coverlinecolor}{customcolor}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\subsection{Cover Image}
+The cover image used in this template is from \href{https://pixabay.com/en/tea-time-poetry-coffee-reading-3240766/}{pixabay.com}. The image is completely free and can be used under any circumstance. The cover image size is $1280 \times 1024$. If you would like to change the cover, please crop it according to the size of the cover picture strictly. One free online image clipping site: \href{https://www.fotor.com/cn}{fotor.com}. Feel free to join our QQ Group to get more elegant covers.
+
+\subsection{Logo}
+Aspect ratio of the logo is 1:1 in this guide, i.e. a square picture. To replace the logo, do remember to choose the appropriate picture.
+
+\subsection{Stylized Cover}
+Want to use stylized cover?(For instance, A4-sized PDF designed by Adobe Illustrator) Please comment out \lstinline{\maketitle} and use \lstinline{pdfpages} to insert the cover. Similar for using \lstinline{titlepage}. If you would like to use the cover in version 2.x, please refer to \href{https://github.com/EthanDeng/etitlepage}{etitlepage}.
+
+\section{Chapter Title Display Styles}
+
+This template contains 2 sets of \textit{title display styles},\lstinline{hang}(default) and \lstinline{display} style. For the former, chapter title is displayed on a single line (\lstinline{hang}). For the latter, chapter title is displayed on a double line (\lstinline{display}).In this guide, we use \lstinline{hang} . To change display style, use:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\documentclass[hang]{elegantbook} %or
+\documentclass[titlestyle=hang]{elegantbook}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+
+\section{Introduction of Math Environments}
+We defined two sets of theorem modes, \lstinline{simple} style and \lstinline{fancy} style (default). You may change to \lstinline{simple} mode by
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\documentclass[simple]{elegantbook} %or
+\documentclass[mode=simple]{elegantbook}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+In this template, we defined four different theorem class environments
+
+\begin{itemize}
+\item \textit{Theorem Environments}, including title and content, numbering corresponding to chapter. Three types depending on the format:
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item \textcolor{main}{\textbf{definition}} environment, the color is \textcolor{main}{main};
+ \item \textcolor{second}{\textbf{theorem, lemma, corollary, axiom, postulate}} environment, the color is \textcolor{second} {second};
+ \item \textcolor{third}{\textbf{proposition}} environment, the color is \textcolor{third}{third}.
+ \end{itemize}
+\item \textit{Example Environment}, including \textbf{example, exercise, problem} environment, auto numbering according to chapter.
+\item \textit{Proof Environment}, including \textbf{proof, note} environment containing introductory symbol (\textbf{note} environment) or ending symbol (\textbf{proof} environment).
+\item \textit{Conclusion Environment}, including \textbf{conclusion, assumption, property, remark and solution}\footnote{We also define an option \lstinline{result}, which can hide the \lstinline{solution} and \lstinline{proof} environments. You can switch between \lstinline{result=answer} and \lstinline{result=noanswer}.} environments, all of which begin with boldfaced words, with format consistent with normal paragraphs.
+\end{itemize}
+
+All of theorem environments have star versions: \textcolor{main}{\textbf{definition*}}, \textcolor{second}{\textbf{theorem*}}, \textcolor{second}{\textbf{lemma*}}, \textcolor{second}{\textbf{corollary*}}, \textcolor{second}{\textbf{axiom*}}, \textcolor{second}{\textbf{postulate*}}, \textcolor{third}{\textbf{proposition*}}. Environments with an asterisk are not numbered.
+
+\subsection{Theorem Class Environments}
+
+\subsubsection{\lstinline{fancy} mode}
+
+In \lstinline{fancy} mode, the template uses the \lstinline{tcolorbox} package to customize the theorem class environments, it is slightly different from the normal theorem environments. The usage is as follows:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+ % name + label
+ \begin{theorem}{theorem name}{label}
+ The content of a theorem with name and label.
+ Use \ref{thm:label} to refer this theorem.
+ \end{theorem}
+ % no name + label
+ \begin{theorem}{}{label no name}
+ The content of a theorem without name.
+ Use \ref{thm:label no name} to refer this theorem.
+ \end{theorem}
+ % name + no label
+ \begin{theorem}{theorem name}{}
+ The content of a theorem without label.
+ Can't refer this theorem.
+ The last {} can be removed.
+ \end{theorem}
+ % no name + no label
+ \begin{theorem}{}{}
+ The content of a theorem without name and label.
+ Can't refer this theorem.
+ Both of {} can be removed.
+ \end{theorem}
+ \end{lstlisting}
+
+The first parameter \lstinline{theorem name} represents the name of the theorem. If the current theorem has no name, please use \lstinline|{}|\cprotect\footnote{Unless this theorem has neither no label, you should not omit this \verb|{}|.}, and the second parameter \lstinline{label} represents the label used in cross-reference with \verb|\ref{thm:label}|. Note that cross-references must be prefixed with \lstinline{thm:}.
+
+Other theorem class environments with the same usage includes:
+
+\begin{table}[htbp]
+\centering
+\caption{Theorem Class Environments}
+ \begin{tabular}{llll}
+ \toprule
+ Environment & Label text & Prefix & Cross-reference \\
+ \midrule
+ definition & label & def & \lstinline|\ref{def:label}| \\
+ theorem & label & thm & \lstinline|\ref{thm:label}| \\
+ postulate & label & pos & \lstinline|\ref{pos:label}| \\
+ axiom & label & axi & \lstinline|\ref{axi:label}|\\
+ lemma & label & lem & \lstinline|\ref{lem:label}| \\
+ corrlary & label & cor & \lstinline|\ref{cor:label}| \\
+ proposition & label & pro & \lstinline|\ref{pro:label}| \\
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabular}%
+\label{tab:theorem-class}%
+\end{table}%
+
+From version 4.1, you can write your theorem environments as follows:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\begin{theorem}[theorem name]\label{thm:theorem-label}
+ The content of theorem.
+\end{theorem}
+% or
+\begin{theorem}\label{thm:theorem-without-name}
+ The content of theorem.
+\end{theorem}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+In this case, cross-reference don't have to be prefixed, i.e. the parameter of \lstinline{\ref} is the same as that of \lstinline{\label}.
+
+\subsubsection{\lstinline{simple} mode}
+
+In \lstinline{simple} mode, the template uses the \lstinline{amsthm} package to customize the theorem class environments. The usage is as follows:
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\begin{theorem}[theorem name]\label{thm:theorem-label}
+ The content of theorem.
+\end{theorem}
+% or
+\begin{theorem}\label{thm:theorem-without-name}
+ The content of theorem without name.
+\end{theorem}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\subsection{Counter for Theorem Environments}
+
+You can use \lstinline{thmcnt} option to control the theorem counter/number display style for the theorem environments, the acceptable options are \lstinline{chapter} (default) and \lstinline{section}:
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\documentclass[section]{elegantbook} % turn the Theorem 4.1 to Theorem 4.1.1
+\documentclass[thmcnt=section]{elegantbook}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+
+\subsection{Other Customized Environments}
+The other three math environments can be called directly since there are no additional option for them, e.g. \lstinline{example}:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\begin{example}
+This is the content of example environment.
+\end{example}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+The effect is as follows:
+
+\begin{example}
+This is the content of example environment.
+\end{example}
+
+These are all similar environments with slight differences lies in:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item Example, exercise, problem environments number within chapter;
+ \item Note begins with introductory symbol and proof ends with ending symbol;
+ \item Conclusion and other environments are normal paragraph environments with boldfaced introductory words.
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+\section{List Environments}
+This template uses \lstinline{tikz} to customize the list environments, with \lstinline{itemize} environment customized to the third depth and \lstinline{enumerate} environment customized to fourth depth. The effect is as follows\\[2ex]
+\begin{minipage}[b]{0.49\textwidth}
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item first item of nesti;
+ \item second item of nesti;
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item first item of nestii;
+ \item second item of nestii;
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item first item of nestiii;
+ \item second item of nestiii.
+ \end{itemize}
+ \end{itemize}
+\end{itemize}
+\end{minipage}
+\begin{minipage}[b]{0.49\textwidth}
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item first item of nesti;
+ \item second item of nesti;
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item first item of nestii;
+ \item second item of nestii;
+ \begin{enumerate}
+ \item first item of nestiii;
+ \item second item of nestiii.
+ \end{enumerate}
+ \end{enumerate}
+\end{enumerate}
+\end{minipage}
+
+
+\section{Fonts}
+\textcolor{red}{\bfseries Alert} After v3.10, newtx is reset to cm, together with other two options, the \lstinline{math} font option offers:
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item \lstinline{math=cm}(default), use \LaTeX{} default math font (recommended).
+ \item \lstinline{math=newtx}, use \lstinline{newtxmath} math font (may bring about bugs).
+ \item \lstinline{math=mtpro2}, use \lstinline{mtpro2} package to set math font.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+If you use \lstinline{newtx} fonts, type in:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\documentclass[math=newtx]{elegantbook}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+When you are using \lstinline{newtx}, please pay attention to the hyphens. For instance,
+\begin{equation}
+\int_{R^q} f(x,y) dy.\emph{of\kern0pt f} \sin x
+\end{equation}
+
+The corresponding code is:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\begin{equation}
+ \int_{R^q} f(x,y) dy.\emph{of \kern0pt f} \sin x
+\end{equation}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\subsection{Symbol Fonts}
+Feedback from some 3.08 users claims that error occurs when using our templates with \lstinline{yhmath}, \lstinline{esvect} and other packages.
+\begin{lstlisting}
+LaTeX Error:
+Too many symbol fonts declared.
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+The reason is that the template redefines font for math so that no new math font is allowed to be added. To use \lstinline{yhmath} and/or \lstinline{esvect}, please locate \lstinline{yhmath} or \lstinline{esvect} in \lstinline{elegantbook.cls}, uncomment corresponding related code.
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+%%% use yhmath pkg, uncomment following code
+% \let\oldwidering\widering
+% \let\widering\undefined
+% \RequirePackage{yhmath}
+% \let\widering\oldwidering
+
+%%% use esvect pkg, uncomment following code
+% \RequirePackage{esvect}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\section{Bibliography}
+
+This template uses biblatex to generate the bibliography, the default citestyle and bibliography style are both \lstinline{numeric}. Let's take a glance at the citation effect. ~\cite{en1} use data from a major peer-to-peer lending \cite{en3} marketplace in China to study whether female and male investors evaluate loan performance differently \parencite{en2}.
+
+If you want to use biblatex, you must create a file named \lstinline{reference.bib}, add bib items (from Google Scholar, Mendeley, EndNote, and etc.) to \lstinline{reference.bib} file, then cite the bibkey in the \lstinline{tex} file. The biber will automatically generate the bibliography for the reference you cited.
+
+In order to get the editors' auto-completion working, you need to add following code in your preamble:
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+ \addbibresource[location=local]{reference.bib}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+Then include the print commands where you want to print the bibliography:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+ \printbibliography[heading=bibintoc, title=\ebibname]
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+
+
+
+To change the bibliography style, this version introduces two options: \lstinline{citestyle} and \lstinline{bibstyle}, please refer to \href{https://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex}{CTAN:biblatex} for more detail about these options. You can change your bibliography style as
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\documentclass[citestyle=numeric-comp, bibstyle=authoryear]{elegantbook}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+We also add the \lstinline{bibend} option to this template, you can choose \lstinline{biber} (default) or \lstinline{bibtex} as you like, \lstinline{biber} is recommended.
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\documentclass[bibtex]{elegantbook} % or
+\documentclass[bibend=bibtex]{elegantbook}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\section{Preface}
+
+If you want to add a preface before the first chapter with the number of chapter unchanged, please add the preface in the following way:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\chapter*{Introduction}
+\markboth{Introduction}{Introduction}
+The content of introduction.
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\section{Content Option and Depth}
+Option for content \lstinline{toc}, you can choose either one column(\lstinline{onecol}) or two columns(\lstinline{twocol}). For two columns:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\documentclass[twocol]{elegantbook}
+\documentclass[toc=twocol]{elegantbook}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+Default content depth is 1, use to use \lstinline|\setcounter{tocdepth}{2}|.
+
+\section{Introduction Environment}
+We create a introduction environment to display the structure of chapter. The basic useage is as follows:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\begin{introduction}
+ \item Definition of Theorem
+ \item Ask for help
+ \item Optimization Problem
+ \item Property of Cauchy Series
+ \item Angle of Corner
+\end{introduction}
+\end{lstlisting}
+And you will get:
+\begin{introduction}
+ \item Definition of Theorem
+ \item Ask for help
+ \item Optimization Problem
+ \item Property of Cauchy Series
+ \item Angle of Corner
+\end{introduction}
+
+You can change the title of this environment by modifying the optional argument of this environment:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\begin{introduction}[Brief Introduction]
+...
+\end{introduction}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+%\section{Problem Set}
+The environment \lstinline{problemset} is used at the end of each chapter to display corresponding exercises. Just type in the following sentences:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\begin{problemset}
+ \item exercise 1
+ \item exercise 2
+ \item exercise 3
+\end{problemset}
+\end{lstlisting}
+And you will get:
+\begin{problemset}
+ \item exercise 1
+ \item exercise 2
+ \item exercise 3
+ \item math equation test:
+ \begin{equation}
+ a^2+b^2=c_{2_{i}} (1,2) [1,23]
+ \end{equation}
+\end{problemset}
+\begin{remark}
+If you want to customize the title of \lstinline{problemset}, please change the optional argument like in introduction environment. In this version the \lstinline{problemset} environment automatically appears in the table of contents but not in the header or footer(to be fixed).
+\end{remark}
+
+\begin{solution}
+ If you want to customize the title of \lstinline{problemset}, please change the optional argument like in introduction environment. In this version the \lstinline{problemset} environment automatically appears in the table of contents but not in the header or footer(to be fixed).
+\end{solution}
+
+\section{Margin Notes}
+In 3.08, we introduced \lstinline{marginpar=margintrue} and \lstinline{\elegantpar} (Beta) with piles of bugs. Hence we decide to remove them in 3.09 and will suspend the options till revolutionary optimization. Sorry for all the bugs! However, we retain the option \lstinline{marginpar} for users to get margin motes by activating \lstinline{marginpar=margintrue} and using \lstinline{\marginpar} or \lstinline{marginnote} packages.
+
+\begin{remark}
+Note that text and equation are both available in the margin notes.
+\begin{lstlisting}
+% text
+\marginpar{margin paragraph text}
+
+% equation
+\marginpar{
+\begin{equation}
+ a^2 + b^2 = c^2
+\end{equation}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+For tables and figures, note that floating environment is not allowed. You have to use \lstinline{includegraphics} or \lstinline{table} and use \lstinline{\captionof} to name it. To get centralized figures or tables, use \lstinline{\centerline} or \lstinline{center}. To learn more, please refer to \href{https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/5583/caption-of-figure-in-marginpar-and-caption-of-wrapfigure-in-margin}{Caption of Figure in Marginpar}.
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+% graph with centerline command
+\marginpar{
+ \centerline{
+ \includegraphics[width=0.2\textwidth]{logo.png}
+ }
+ \captionof{figure}{your figure caption}
+}
+
+% graph with center environment
+\marginpar{
+ \begin{center}
+ \includegraphics[width=0.2\textwidth]{logo.png}
+ \captionof{figure}{your figure caption}
+ \end{center}
+}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\end{remark}
+
+
+
+\chapter{ElegantBook Writing Sample}
+
+\begin{introduction}
+\item Theorem Class Envrionments
+\item Cross Reference
+\item Math Environments
+\item List Environments
+\item Logo and Base
+\item $a^2+b^2=c^2$
+\end{introduction}
+
+
+\lipsum[1]
+% source: https://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Theorems.html
+
+\section{Writing Sample}
+
+We will define the integral of a measurable function in three steps. First, we define the integral of a nonnegative simple function. Let $E$ be the measurable set in $\mathcal{R}^N$.
+
+\begin{definition}[Left Coset]
+Let $H$ be a subgroup of a group~$G$. A \emph{left coset} of $H$ in $G$ is a subset of $G$ that is of the form $xH$, where $x \in G$ and $xH = \{ xh : h \in H \}$. Similarly a \emph{right coset} of $H$ in $G$ is a subset of $G$ that is of the form $Hx$, where $Hx = \{ hx : h \in H \} \hbar$
+\end{definition}
+
+\begin{note}
+Note that a subgroup~$H$ of a group $G$ is itself a left coset of $H$ in $G$.
+\end{note}
+
+\lipsum[2]
+
+\begin{theorem}[Lagrange's Theorem] \label{thm:lg}
+Let $G$ be a finite group, and let $H$ be a subgroup of $G$. Then the order of $H$ divides the order of $G$.
+\end{theorem}
+
+As theorem \ref{thm:lg} refered.
+
+\lipsum[3]
+
+
+\begin{theorem}{theorem name}{label text}
+ The content of theorem.
+\end{theorem}
+
+we can refer this theorem as \ref{thm:label text}.
+
+
+\begin{proposition}[Size of Left Coset]
+Let $H$ be a finite subgroup of a group $G$. Then each left coset of $H$ in $G$ has the same number of elements as $H$.
+\end{proposition}
+
+\begin{proof}
+ Let $z$ be some element of $xH \cap yH$. Then $z = xa$ for some $a \in H$, and $z = yb$ for some $b \in H$. If $h$ is any element of $H$ then $ah \in H$ and $a^{-1}h \in H$, since $H$ is a subgroup of $G$. But $zh = x(ah)$ and $xh = z(a^{-1}h)$ for all $h \in H$. Therefore $zH \subset xH$ and $xH \subset zH$, and thus $xH = zH$. Similarly $yH = zH$, and thus $xH = yH$, as required.
+\end{proof}
+
+\begin{figure}[htbp]
+ \centering
+ \includegraphics[width=0.6\textwidth]{scatter.jpg}
+ \caption{Matplotlib: Scatter Plot Example\label{fig:scatter}}
+\end{figure}
+
+Regression analysis is a powerful statistical method that allows you to examine the relationship between two or more variables of interest. While there are many types of regression analysis, at their core they all examine the influence of one or more independent variables on a dependent variable. The process of performing a regression allows you to confidently determine which factors matter most, which factors can be ignored, and how these factors influence each other.
+
+Let's continue using our application training example. In this case, we'd want to measure the historical levels of satisfaction with the events from the past three years or so, as well as any information possible in regards to the independent variables.
+
+\section{Second section}
+This second section\index{S!section} may include some special word,
+and expand the ones already used\index{keywords!used}.
+
+
+\begin{table}[htbp]
+ \small
+ \centering
+ \caption{Auto MPG and Price \label{tab:reg}}
+ \begin{tabular}{lcc}
+ \toprule
+ & (1) & (2) \\
+ \midrule
+ mpg & -238.90*** & -49.51 \\
+ & (53.08) & (86.16) \\
+ weight & & 1.75*** \\
+ & & (0.641) \\
+ constant & 11,253*** & 1,946 \\
+ & (1,171) & (3,597) \\
+ obs & 74 & 74 \\
+ $R^2$ & 0.220 & 0.293 \\
+ \bottomrule
+ \multicolumn{3}{l}{\scriptsize Standard errors in parentheses} \\
+ \multicolumn{3}{l}{\scriptsize *** $p < 0.01$, ** $p<0.05$, * $p<0.1$} \\
+ \end{tabular}%
+\end{table}%
+
+\lipsum[1-2]
+
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item Routing and resource discovery;
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item Language Models
+ \item Vector Space Models
+ \end{itemize}
+ \item Resilient and scalable computer networks;
+ \item Distributed storage and search.
+\end{itemize}
+
+%\problemset
+\begin{problemset}
+ \item Solve the equation $5(- 3x - 2) - (x - 3) = -4(4x + 5) + 13$.
+ \item Find the distance between the points $(-4 , -5)$ and $(-1 , -1)$.
+ \item Find the slope of the line $5x - 5y = 7$.
+\end{problemset}
+
+
+\chapter{FAQ}
+We list some FAQs for users to refer to:
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item \question{Why option numbers for natbib fail to take effect in v3.07?}
+ In v3.07, when \lstinline{gbt7714} is introduced, option \lstinline{authoryear} is incompatible with \lstinline{natbib}. In v3.08 and 3.09, \lstinline{numbers}, \lstinline{numbers}, \lstinline{super} and \lstinline{authoryear} are introduced.
+ \item \question{I want to customize font and background color.}
+ Please use \lstinline{pagecolor} to change background color, refer to \href{https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/278544/xcolor-what-is-the-equivalent-of-default-text-color}{this} to customize font.
+ \item \question{Which version should I choose?}
+ Please use \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook/releases}{Latest Release} via GitHub or \TeX{} Live 2022.
+ \item \question{Which editor should I choose?}
+ You can use \TeX{} Live 2022 built-in \TeX works or \TeX Studio. You may refer to \href{https://github.com/EthanDeng/texworks-autocomplete}{\TeX{}works autocomplete}. \TeX{} Live 2022 + \TeX{}studio is strongly recommended. Related configurations can be found at \href{https://github.com/EthanDeng/vscode-latex}{vscode-latex} and \href{https://github.com/EthanDeng/sublime-text-latex}{sublime-text-latex}.
+ \item \question{Hello, we want to use ElegantBook to write a book about machine learning and would like your authorization.}
+ Feel free to use our templates by pointing out our copyright. For other issues, please refer to LPPL-1.3c. If you want to show us your work, you can share the URL with us afterwards.
+ \item \question{What is cross reference?}
+ This template is aimed at who are not a complete beginner for \LaTeX{}. Please learn more about \LaTeX{} before using this template.
+ \item \question{Is the language for code highlighting optional?}
+ Yes, \lstinline{listings} package is used in ElegantBook, hence language is optional(e.g. \lstinline{language=Python}). For global setting, use \lstinline{lstset}. For more information, please refer to package documentations.
+ \item \question{When will Beamer template (ElegantSlide or ElegantBeamer) forthcoming?}
+ Since there is an excellent theme \href{https://github.com/matze/mtheme}{Metropolis}, no plan for Beamer theme.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\chapter{Version History}
+We revised our templates now and then. This section shows the version story of ElegantBook.
+
+
+\datechange{2022/12/31}{release of v4.5.} \textcolor{red}{\bfseries Stop Maintenance}
+
+\begin{change}
+ \item Add new document option \lstinline|usesamecnt| for same thm counter for all theme environments;
+ \item Add 5-th optional parameter for \lstinline|elegantnewtheorem|.
+\end{change}
+
+
+\datechange{2022/08/15}{release of v4.4.}
+
+\begin{change}
+ \item Add custome theorem definition command \lstinline{\elegantnewtheorem};
+ \item Fix star environment(*) for inner environments (\href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook/issues/167}{issue \#167});
+ \item Change English fonts from TeX Gyre Termes to TeX Gyre TermesX;
+ \item Re-construct some theorem environments to enchance compatibility;
+ \item Remove Gitee repo due the privacy policy;
+ \item Re-open Github pull requests.
+\end{change}
+
+
+
+
+\datechange{2022/04/09}{release of v4.3.}
+
+\begin{change}
+ \item Remove part newtx settings, set TeX Gyre Termes/Heros fonts under \hologo{XeLaTeX}.
+ \item Fix Chinese fonts in the theorem environments.
+ \item Add theorem counter option, \lstinline{thmcnt=section}.
+ \item Add bib option \lstinline{bibend}, which can take value of biber and bibtex.
+ \item \textbf{! Warnings}: The multilingual option may cause some unexpected errors, you can report in this \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook/issues/170}{issue}.
+\end{change}
+
+
+
+\datechange{2022/03/08}{release of v4.2.}
+
+\begin{change}
+ \item Bug fix due to the update of newtx fonts;
+ \item Add `Chapter' in TOC, and redefine \lstinline{\chaptername} to unify the logic under different languages;
+ \item Add language option for Japanese, \lstinline{lang=jp}.
+\end{change}
+
+
+\datechange{2021/05/02}{release of v4.1.}
+
+\begin{change}
+ \item \textbf{! Big Change}: Change the bibliography method from \hologo{BibTeX} to biblatex(with backend \lstinline{biber});
+ \item \textbf{! Big Change}: Add support for the default theorem writing method (with optional name and label);
+ \item Add left and right space;
+ \item Support hyperlink from the text of TOC;
+ \item Remove the \hologo{pdfLaTeX} compatiblity check for Chinese.
+ \item Add multilingual support, for french \lstinline{lang=fr}, dutch \lstinline{lang=nl}, Hungarian \lstinline{lang=hu}, Spanish \lstinline{lang=es}, Mongolian \lstinline{lang=mn} etc.
+\end{change}
+
+\datechange{2020/04/12}{release of v3.11, \textcolor{red}{\textbf{LAST} version of 3.x}.}
+
+
+\begin{change}
+ \item \textbf{! Fix}: Fix \lstinline{natbib option clash} problems caused by \lstinline{gbt7714} updates.
+ \item Remove \lstinline{base} decorations and its options since \lstinline{pgfornament} package is not included in \TeX{} Live 2020.
+ \item Fix spacing problem in some environments.
+ \item Introduce language option for Italian, \lstinline{lang=it}.
+\end{change}
+
+
+\datechange{2020/02/10}{release of v3.10}
+
+\begin{change}
+ \item Introduce \lstinline{math} for math font, optional styles are \lstinline{newtx} and \lstinline{cm}.\\
+ \textbf{Notice}: The math font \lstinline{newtxmath} in previous versions is reset to default \LaTeX{} math font, to keep previous math font, please declare \lstinline{math=newtx}.
+ \item Introduce \lstinline{chinesefont} option, with \lstinline{founder}, \lstinline{ctexfont} and \lstinline{nofont} available.
+ \item Turn author information on the cover optional and add customized command \lstinline{\bioinfo}.
+ \item Add version history with command \lstinline{\datechange} and environment \lstinline{change}.
+ \item Add Chinese chapter style \lstinline{scheme} with option \lstinline{chinese}.
+ \item Since the bug raised by \lstinline{\lvert} is fixed, exchange package positions of \lstinline{ctex} and \lstinline{amsmath}.
+ \item Drop \lstinline{\lastpage} from header to avoid page anchor bug and adding \lstinline{\frontmatter}.
+ \item Revise bibliography option \lstinline{cite} with optional styles \lstinline{numbers},\lstinline{authoryear} and \lstinline{super}.
+ \item Introduce bibliography style option \lstinline{bibstyle}, with default bib style \lstinline{apalike} for English mode and \lstinline{gbt7714} package for Chinese mode.
+\end{change}
+
+\datechange{2019/08/18}{release of v3.09}
+
+\begin{change}
+ \item Remove \lstinline{\elegantpar} temporary and remind users to use \lstinline{\marginnote} and \lstinline{\marginpar} instead.
+ \item Use \lstinline{esint} to display integral operator.
+ \item Add new command \lstinline{toc}, with options \lstinline{onecol} and \lstinline{twocol}.
+ \item Add new option \lstinline{cite} \lstinline{super} for superscript-displayed citation.
+ \item Revise \lstinline{problemset}.
+\end{change}
+
+
+\nocite{en2,en3}
+
+\printbibliography[heading=bibintoc, title=\ebibname]
+\appendix
+
+
+\chapter{Mathematical Tools}
+
+This appendix covers some of the basic mathematics used in econometrics. We briefly discuss the properties of summation operators, study the properties of linear and some nonlinear equations, and review the ratios and percentages. We also introduce some special functions that are common in econometrics applications, including quadratic functions and natural logarithms. The first four sections require only basic algebraic techniques. The fifth section briefly reviews differential Calculus Although Calculus is not necessary to understand much of this book, it is used in some of the end-of-chapter appendices and in some of the more advanced topics in part 3.
+
+\section{Summation Operator and Description Statistics}
+
+\textbf{Summation Operator} is an abbreviation used to express the summation of numbers, it plays an important role in statistics and econometrics analysis. If $\{x_i: i=1, 2, \ldots, n\}$ is a sequence of $n$ numbers, the summation of the $n$ numbers is:
+
+\begin{equation}
+\sum_{i=1}^n x_i \equiv x_1 + x_2 +\cdots + x_n
+\end{equation}
+
+
+\end{document} \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/elegantbook.cls b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/elegantbook.cls
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4fb3e3d93a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/elegantbook.cls
@@ -0,0 +1,1483 @@
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+%% start of file `elegantbook.cls'.
+%% Copyright 2013-2022 ElegantLaTeX (elegantlatex2e@gmail.com)
+%%
+%% This work may be distributed and/or modified freely
+%% available at https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantBook
+%
+%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%%
+% % !Mode:: "TeX:UTF-8"
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+\ProvidesClass{elegantbook}[2022/12/31 v4.5 ElegantBook document class]
+
+
+%%%
+\RequirePackage{kvoptions}
+\RequirePackage{etoolbox}
+\SetupKeyvalOptions{family=ELEGANT, prefix=ELEGANT@, setkeys=\kvsetkeys}
+\newcommand{\ekv}[1]{\kvsetkeys{ELEGANT}{#1}}
+% ----- Colors -----
+\DeclareStringOption[blue]{color}
+\DeclareStringOption[en]{lang}
+\DeclareStringOption[answer]{result}
+\DeclareStringOption[fancy]{mode}
+\DeclareStringOption[normal]{device}
+\DeclareStringOption[cm]{math}
+\DeclareStringOption[marginfalse]{marginpar}
+\DeclareStringOption[onecol]{toc}
+\DeclareStringOption{scheme}
+
+% ----- backward compatibility
+\DeclareVoidOption{green}{\ekv{color=green}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{cyan}{\ekv{color=cyan}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{blue}{\ekv{color=blue}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{gray}{\ekv{color=gray}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{black}{\ekv{color=black}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{nocolor}{\ekv{color=none}}
+
+\DeclareVoidOption{chinese}{\ekv{scheme=chinese}}
+
+\DeclareStringOption[ctexfont]{chinesefont}
+\DeclareVoidOption{ctexfont}{\ekv{chinesefont=ctexfont}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{founder}{\ekv{chinesefont=founder}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{nofont}{\ekv{chinesefont=nofont}}
+
+\DeclareVoidOption{en}{\ekv{lang=en}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{cn}{\ekv{lang=cn}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{it}{\ekv{lang=it}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{fr}{\ekv{lang=fr}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{nl}{\ekv{lang=nl}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{hu}{\ekv{lang=hu}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{de}{\ekv{lang=de}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{mn}{\ekv{lang=mn}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{pt}{\ekv{lang=pt}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{jp}{\ekv{lang=jp}}
+
+\DeclareVoidOption{fancy}{\ekv{mode=fancy}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{simple}{\ekv{mode=simple}}
+\DeclareBoolOption[false]{usesamecnt}
+
+\DeclareVoidOption{answer}{\ekv{result=answer}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{noanswer}{\ekv{result=noanswer}}
+
+\DeclareVoidOption{normal}{\ekv{device=normal}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{pad}{\ekv{device=pad}}
+
+\DeclareStringOption[numeric-comp]{citestyle}
+\DeclareStringOption[numeric]{bibstyle}
+
+\DeclareVoidOption{newtx}{\ekv{math=newtx}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{mtpro2}{\ekv{math=mtpro2}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{cm}{\ekv{math=cm}}
+
+\DeclareVoidOption{margintrue}{\ekv{marginpar=margintrue}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{marginfalse}{\ekv{marginpar=marginfalse}}
+
+
+\DeclareVoidOption{onecol}{\ekv{toc=onecol}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{twocol}{\ekv{toc=twocol}}
+
+\DeclareStringOption[chapter]{thmcnt}
+\DeclareVoidOption{chapter}{\ekv{thmcnt=chapter}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{section}{\ekv{thmcnt=section}}
+
+\DeclareStringOption[biber]{bibend}
+\DeclareVoidOption{biber}{\ekv{bibend=biber}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{bibtex}{\ekv{bibend=bibtex}}
+
+
+% ----- Math option -----
+\newcommand\mailto[1]{\href{mailto:#1}{\nolinkurl{#1}}}
+
+% ----- Title Style -----
+\DeclareStringOption[hang]{titlestyle}[hang]
+% ----- backward compatibility
+\DeclareVoidOption{hang}{\ekv{titlestyle=hang}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{display}{\ekv{titlestyle=display}}
+% ----- Default Options -----
+\DeclareDefaultOption{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{book}}
+
+\ProcessKeyvalOptions*\relax
+% \ProcessOptions*\relax
+\LoadClass[a4paper,oneside]{book}
+
+\RequirePackage{setspace}
+
+\RequirePackage{csquotes}
+
+
+\RequirePackage{hyperref}
+\hypersetup{
+ breaklinks,
+ unicode,
+ linktoc=all,
+ bookmarksnumbered=true,
+ bookmarksopen=true,
+ pdfkeywords={ElegantBook},
+ colorlinks,
+ linkcolor=winered,
+ citecolor=winered,
+ urlcolor=winered,
+ plainpages=false,
+ pdfstartview=FitH,
+ pdfborder={0 0 0},
+ linktocpage
+}
+\newif\ifELEGANT@Hy@later
+ \@ifpackagelater{hyperref}{2022/05/16}
+ {\ELEGANT@Hy@latertrue}
+ {\ELEGANT@Hy@laterfalse}
+
+%% device settings
+\RequirePackage{geometry}
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@device}{normal}{
+ \geometry{
+ a4paper,
+ top=25.4mm, bottom=25.4mm,
+ left=20mm, right=20mm,
+ headheight=2.17cm,
+ headsep=4mm,
+ footskip=12mm
+ }
+ \ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@marginpar}{margintrue}{
+ \geometry{
+ marginparwidth=5cm, marginparsep=5mm,
+ left=2cm,right=7cm}}{\relax}}{
+ \relax}
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@device}{pad}{
+\geometry{
+ paperwidth=7.5in,
+ paperheight=10in,
+ margin=16mm,
+ headheight=2.17cm,
+ footskip=4mm
+}}{\relax}
+
+
+\RequirePackage{indentfirst,comment}
+% fontsetting
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@math}{mtpro2}{
+ \let\Bbbk\relax
+ \RequirePackage[lite]{mtpro2}
+}{\relax}
+
+\setcounter{tocdepth}{1}
+\renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.2}
+
+\PassOptionsToPackage{no-math}{fontspec}
+\PassOptionsToPackage{quiet}{fontspec}
+\RequirePackage{iftex}
+
+\ifpdftex
+ \RequirePackage{newtxtext}
+ \RequirePackage[scaled=.90]{helvet}
+\else
+ \RequirePackage[no-math]{fontspec}
+ \setmainfont{TeXGyreTermesX}[
+ UprightFont = *-Regular ,
+ BoldFont = *-Bold ,
+ ItalicFont = *-Italic ,
+ BoldItalicFont = *-BoldItalic ,
+ Extension = .otf ,
+ Scale = 1.0]
+
+ \setsansfont{texgyreheros}[
+ UprightFont = *-regular ,
+ BoldFont = *-bold ,
+ ItalicFont = *-italic ,
+ BoldItalicFont = *-bolditalic ,
+ Extension = .otf ,
+ Scale = 0.9]
+\fi
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@lang}{cn}{
+ \ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@chinesefont}{founder}{
+ \RequirePackage[UTF8, scheme=plain, fontset=none]{ctex}
+ \setCJKmainfont[BoldFont={FZHei-B01},ItalicFont={FZKai-Z03}]{FZShuSong-Z01}
+ \setCJKsansfont[BoldFont={FZHei-B01}]{FZKai-Z03}
+ \setCJKmonofont[BoldFont={FZHei-B01}]{FZFangSong-Z02}
+ \setCJKfamilyfont{zhsong}{FZShuSong-Z01}
+ \setCJKfamilyfont{zhhei}{FZHei-B01}
+ \setCJKfamilyfont{zhkai}[BoldFont={FZHei-B01}]{FZKai-Z03}
+ \setCJKfamilyfont{zhfs}[BoldFont={FZHei-B01}]{FZFangSong-Z02}
+ \newcommand*{\songti}{\CJKfamily{zhsong}}
+ \newcommand*{\heiti}{\CJKfamily{zhhei}}
+ \newcommand*{\kaishu}{\CJKfamily{zhkai}}
+ \newcommand*{\fangsong}{\CJKfamily{zhfs}}}{\relax}
+
+ \ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@chinesefont}{nofont}{
+ \RequirePackage[UTF8,scheme=plain,fontset=none]{ctex}
+ \xeCJKsetup{AutoFakeBold=true}
+ }{\relax}
+
+ \ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@chinesefont}{ctexfont}{
+ \RequirePackage[UTF8,scheme=plain]{ctex}
+ \xeCJKsetup{AutoFakeBold=true}
+ }{\relax}
+
+ \AfterEndPreamble{
+ \setlength\parindent{2\ccwd}}
+}{\relax}
+
+\ifcsname heiti\endcsname
+ \newcommand{\cbfseries}{\heiti}
+\else
+ \newcommand{\cbfseries}{\bfseries}
+\fi
+
+
+\ifcsname kaishu\endcsname
+ \newcommand{\citshape}{\kaishu}
+\else
+ \newcommand{\citshape}{\itshape}
+\fi
+\ifcsname kaishu\endcsname
+ \newcommand{\cnormal}{\kaishu}
+\else
+ \newcommand{\cnormal}{\normalfont}
+\fi
+
+\ifcsname fangsong\endcsname
+ \newcommand{\cfs}{\fangsong}
+\else
+ \newcommand{\cfs}{\normalfont}
+\fi
+
+\RequirePackage{anyfontsize}
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@math}{newtx}{
+ \let\oldencodingdefault\encodingdefault
+ \let\oldrmdefault\rmdefault
+ \let\oldsfdefault\sfdefault
+ \let\oldttdefault\ttdefault
+ \def\encodingdefault{T1}
+ \renewcommand{\rmdefault}{ntxtlf}
+ \renewcommand{\sfdefault}{qhv}
+ \renewcommand{\ttdefault}{ntxtt}
+ \RequirePackage{newtxmath}
+ \let\encodingdefault\oldencodingdefault
+ \let\rmdefault\oldrmdefault
+ \let\sfdefault\oldsfdefault
+ \let\ttdefault\oldttdefault
+ \let\Bbbk\relax
+ \RequirePackage{esint}
+ %%% use yhmath pkg, uncomment following code
+ % \let\oldwidering\widering
+ % \let\widering\undefined
+ % \RequirePackage{yhmath}
+ % \let\widering\oldwidering
+
+ %%% use esvect pkg, uncomment following code
+ % \RequirePackage{esvect}
+
+ \DeclareSymbolFont{CMlargesymbols}{OMX}{cmex}{m}{n}
+ \let\sumop\relax\let\prodop\relax
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\sumop}{\mathop}{CMlargesymbols}{"50}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\prodop}{\mathop}{CMlargesymbols}{"51}
+}{\relax}
+
+
+% ----- Handle Colors -----
+%% 章节以及页脚图形
+
+\RequirePackage[table]{xcolor}
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@color}{green}{
+ \definecolor{structurecolor}{RGB}{0,120,2}%
+ \definecolor{main}{RGB}{0,120,2}%
+ \definecolor{second}{RGB}{230,90,7}%
+ \definecolor{third}{RGB}{0,160,152}%
+}{\relax}
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@color}{cyan}{
+ \definecolor{structurecolor}{RGB}{31,186,190}%
+ \definecolor{main}{RGB}{59,180,5}%
+ \definecolor{second}{RGB}{175,153,8}%
+ \definecolor{third}{RGB}{244,105,102}%
+}{\relax}
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@color}{blue}{
+ \definecolor{structurecolor}{RGB}{60,113,183}
+ \definecolor{main}{RGB}{0,166,82}%
+ \definecolor{second}{RGB}{255,134,24}%
+ \definecolor{third}{RGB}{0,174,247}%
+}{\relax}
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@color}{gray}{
+ \definecolor{structurecolor}{RGB}{150,150,150}
+ \definecolor{main}{RGB}{150,150,150}%
+ \definecolor{second}{RGB}{150,150,150}%
+ \definecolor{third}{RGB}{150,150,150}%
+}{\relax}
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@color}{black}{
+ \definecolor{structurecolor}{RGB}{0,0,0}
+ \definecolor{main}{RGB}{0,0,0}%
+ \definecolor{second}{RGB}{0,0,0}%
+ \definecolor{third}{RGB}{0,0,0}%
+}{\relax}
+
+%green color
+\definecolor{structure1}{RGB}{0,120,2}%
+\definecolor{main1}{RGB}{0,120,2}%
+\definecolor{second1}{RGB}{230,90,7}%
+\definecolor{third1}{RGB}{0,160,152}%
+%cyan color
+\definecolor{structure2}{RGB}{31,186,190}%
+\definecolor{main2}{RGB}{59,180,5}%
+\definecolor{second2}{RGB}{175,153,8}%
+\definecolor{third2}{RGB}{244,105,102}%
+%blue color
+\definecolor{structure3}{RGB}{60,113,183}
+\definecolor{main3}{RGB}{0,166,82}%
+\definecolor{second3}{RGB}{255,134,24}%
+\definecolor{third3}{RGB}{0,174,247}%
+% gray color
+\definecolor{structure4}{RGB}{150,150,150}
+\definecolor{main4}{RGB}{150,150,150}%
+\definecolor{second4}{RGB}{150,150,150}%
+\definecolor{third4}{RGB}{150,150,150}%
+% black color
+\definecolor{structure5}{RGB}{0,0,0}
+\definecolor{main5}{RGB}{0,0,0}%
+\definecolor{second5}{RGB}{0,0,0}%
+\definecolor{third5}{RGB}{0,0,0}%
+
+% corlor definition
+\definecolor{winered}{rgb}{0.5,0,0}
+\definecolor{bule}{RGB}{18,29,57}
+\colorlet{coverlinecolor}{second}
+
+
+% ----- Title Style -----
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@titlestyle}{hang}{\def\style{hang}}{\relax}
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@titlestyle}{display}{\def\style{display}}{\relax}
+
+% reference:
+% https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/58506/how-to-make-a-new-command-similar-to-author
+% https://pastebin.com/C8W4axzV
+\newcommand\email[1]{\href{mailto:#1}{\nolinkurl{#1}}}
+
+\global\let\@title\@empty
+\global\let\@author\@empty
+\global\let\@date\@empty
+\newcommand{\subtitle}[1]{\gdef\@subtitle{#1}}
+\newcommand{\institute}[1]{\gdef\@institute{#1}}
+\newcommand{\version}[1]{\gdef\@version{#1}}
+\newcommand{\extrainfo}[1]{\gdef\@extrainfo{#1}}
+
+\RequirePackage{mwe}
+\newcommand{\logo}[1]{\gdef\@logo{#1}}
+\newcommand{\cover}[1]{\gdef\@cover{#1}}
+
+\newcommand{\question}[1]{{\par\citshape #1}\\[0.2ex]}
+
+\RequirePackage{enumerate}
+% list/itemize/enumerate setting
+\RequirePackage[shortlabels,inline]{enumitem}
+\setlist{nolistsep}
+
+\RequirePackage[labelfont={bf,color=structurecolor}]{caption}
+\captionsetup[table]{skip=3pt}
+\captionsetup[figure]{skip=3pt}
+
+\AtBeginDocument{
+ \setlength{\abovedisplayskip}{3pt}
+ \setlength{\belowdisplayskip}{3pt}
+ \RequirePackage[flushmargin,stable]{footmisc}
+ \setlength{\footnotesep}{12pt}
+}
+
+
+
+\RequirePackage{graphicx}
+%\RequirePackage{enumerate}
+\RequirePackage{amsmath,mathrsfs,amsfonts,amssymb}
+% \providecommand\qed{}
+% \renewcommand{\qed}{\hfill\ensuremath{\square}}
+\RequirePackage{booktabs}
+\RequirePackage{multicol,multirow}
+
+\RequirePackage{fancyvrb}
+\RequirePackage{makecell,lipsum,hologo}
+%%中文结构名字
+
+
+%% 章节设置
+\RequirePackage[center,pagestyles]{titlesec}
+\RequirePackage[title,titletoc,header]{appendix}
+
+
+\RequirePackage[
+ backend=\ELEGANT@bibend,
+ citestyle=\ELEGANT@citestyle,
+ bibstyle=\ELEGANT@bibstyle]{biblatex}
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@lang}{cn}{
+ \renewcommand{\baselinestretch}{1.3}
+ \renewcommand{\contentsname}{目录}
+ \renewcommand{\figurename}{图}
+ \renewcommand{\tablename}{表}
+ \renewcommand{\partname}{\color{structurecolor}}
+ \renewcommand{\thepart}{第\zhnumber{\arabic{part}}部分}
+ \renewcommand{\listfigurename}{插图目录}
+ \renewcommand{\listtablename}{表格目录}
+ \renewcommand{\bibname}{参考文献}
+ \newcommand{\ebibname}{参考文献}
+ \renewcommand{\appendixname}{附录}
+ \renewcommand{\appendixtocname}{附录}
+ \renewcommand{\indexname}{索\hspace{2em}引}
+ \newcommand\figref[1]{\textbf{图}~\ref{#1}}
+ \newcommand\tabref[1]{\textbf{表}~\ref{#1}}
+ \newcommand{\authorname}{\citshape 作者:}
+ \newcommand{\institutename}{\citshape 组织:}
+ \newcommand{\datename}{\citshape 时间:}
+ \newcommand{\versionname}{\citshape 版本:}
+ \newcommand{\notename}{笔记}
+ \renewcommand*{\proofname}{证明}
+ \newcommand{\definitionname}{定义}
+ \newcommand{\theoremname}{定理}
+ \newcommand{\axiomname}{公理}
+ \newcommand{\postulatename}{公设}
+ \newcommand{\lemmaname}{引理}
+ \newcommand{\propositionname}{命题}
+ \newcommand{\corollaryname}{推论}
+ \newcommand{\examplename}{例题} %
+ \newcommand{\instancename}{示例} %
+ \newcommand{\problemname}{问题} % 问题
+ \newcommand{\exercisename}{练习} % 练习=习题
+ \newcommand{\remarkname}{注}
+ \newcommand{\assumptionname}{假设}
+ \newcommand{\conclusionname}{结论}
+ \newcommand{\solutionname}{解}
+ \newcommand{\propertyname}{性质}
+ \newcommand{\introductionname}{内容提要}
+ \newcommand\bioinfo[2]{\gdef\@bioinfo{{\citshape #1}:#2}}
+ \newcommand{\updatename}{更新:}
+ \newcommand{\historyname}{版本更新历史}
+ \newcommand{\beforechap}{第}
+ \newcommand{\afterchap}{章}
+}{\relax}
+
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@lang}{en}{
+ \setlength\parindent{2em}
+ \newcommand\figref[1]{\textbf{Figure}~\ref{#1}}
+ \newcommand\tabref[1]{\textbf{Table}~\ref{#1}}
+ \renewcommand{\chaptername}{Chapter}
+ \renewcommand{\partname}{\color{structurecolor} Part}
+ \newcommand{\authorname}{\textbf{Author: }}
+ \newcommand{\institutename}{\textbf{Institute: }}
+ \newcommand{\datename}{\textbf{Date: }}
+ \newcommand{\versionname}{\textbf{Version: }}
+ \newcommand{\notename}{Note}
+ \newcommand{\proofname}{Proof}
+ \newcommand{\problemname}{Problem}
+ \newcommand{\definitionname}{Definition}
+ \newcommand{\theoremname}{Theorem}
+ \newcommand{\axiomname}{Axiom}
+ \newcommand{\postulatename}{Postulate}
+ \newcommand{\lemmaname}{Lemma}
+ \newcommand{\propositionname}{Proposition}
+ \newcommand{\corollaryname}{Corollary}
+ \newcommand{\examplename}{Example}
+ \newcommand{\exercisename}{Exercise}
+ \newcommand{\remarkname}{Remark}
+ \newcommand{\assumptionname}{Assumption}
+ \newcommand{\conclusionname}{Conclusion}
+ \newcommand{\solutionname}{Solution}
+ \newcommand{\propertyname}{Property}
+ \newcommand{\introductionname}{Introduction}
+ \renewcommand{\appendixname}{Appendix}
+ \newcommand{\ebibname}{Bibliography}
+ % \newcommand{\problemsetname}{Exercise}
+ \newcommand\bioinfo[2]{\gdef\@bioinfo{\textbf{#1}: #2}}
+ \newcommand{\updatename}{Updates:}
+ \newcommand{\historyname}{Version History}
+}{\relax}
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@lang}{it}{
+ % \RequirePackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+ \RequirePackage[italian]{babel}
+ % \RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
+ \setlength\parindent{2em}
+ \newcommand\figref[1]{\textbf{Figura}~\ref{#1}}
+ \newcommand\tabref[1]{\textbf{Tabella}~\ref{#1}}
+ \renewcommand{\chaptername}{Chapter}
+ \newcommand{\authorname}{\textbf{Autore: }}
+ \newcommand{\institutename}{\textbf{Istituto: }}
+ \newcommand{\datename}{\textbf{Data: }}
+ \newcommand{\versionname}{\textbf{Versione: }}
+ \newcommand{\notename}{Nota}
+ \newcommand{\proofname}{Dimostrazione}
+ \newcommand{\problemname}{Problema}
+ \newcommand{\definitionname}{Definizione}
+ \newcommand{\theoremname}{Teorema}
+ \newcommand{\axiomname}{Assioma}
+ \newcommand{\postulatename}{Postulato}
+ \newcommand{\lemmaname}{Lemma}
+ \newcommand{\propositionname}{Proposizione}
+ \newcommand{\corollaryname}{Corollario}
+ \newcommand{\examplename}{Esempio}
+ \newcommand{\exercisename}{Esercizio}
+ \newcommand{\remarkname}{Commento}
+ \newcommand{\assumptionname}{Assunto}
+ \newcommand{\conclusionname}{Conclusione}
+ \newcommand{\solutionname}{Soluzione}
+ \newcommand{\propertyname}{Proprietà}
+ \newcommand{\introductionname}{Introduzione}
+ \newcommand\bioinfo[2]{\gdef\@bioinfo{\textbf{#1}: #2}}
+ \newcommand{\updatename}{Aggiornamenti:}
+ \newcommand{\ebibname}{Bibliografia}
+ \newcommand{\historyname}{Cronologia delle versioni}
+}{\relax}
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@lang}{fr}{
+ \RequirePackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+ \RequirePackage[T1]{fontenc}
+ \RequirePackage[french]{babel}
+ \setlength\parindent{2em}
+ \renewcommand\figref[1]{\textbf{Figure}\ref{#1}}
+ \renewcommand\tabref[1]{\textbf{Tableau}\ref{#1}}
+ \renewcommand{\chaptername}{Chapitre}
+ \renewcommand{\authorname}{\textbf{Auteur: }}
+ \renewcommand{\institutename}{\textbf{Institut: }}
+ \renewcommand{\datename}{\textbf{Date: }}
+ \renewcommand{\versionname}{\textbf{Version: }}
+ \renewcommand{\notename}{Note}
+ \renewcommand{\proofname}{Démonstration}
+ \renewcommand{\problemname}{Problème}
+ \renewcommand{\definitionname}{Définition}
+ \renewcommand{\theoremname}{Théorème}
+ \renewcommand{\axiomname}{Axiôme}
+ \renewcommand{\postulatename}{Postulat}
+ \renewcommand{\lemmaname}{Lemme}
+ \renewcommand{\propositionname}{Proposition}
+ \renewcommand{\corollaryname}{Corollaire}
+ \renewcommand{\examplename}{Exemple}
+ \renewcommand{\exercisename}{Exercice}
+ \renewcommand{\remarkname}{Remarque}
+ \renewcommand{\assumptionname}{Supposition}
+ \renewcommand{\conclusionname}{Conclusion}
+ \renewcommand{\solutionname}{Solution}
+ \renewcommand{\propertyname}{Propriété}
+ \renewcommand{\introductionname}{Introduction}
+ \renewcommand{\problemsetname}{Exercice}
+ \renewcommand{\updatename}{Mises à jour:}
+ \newcommand{\ebibname}{Bibliographie}
+ \renewcommand{\historyname}{Historique des versions}
+}{\relax}
+
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@lang}{nl}{
+ \RequirePackage[dutch]{babel}
+ \setlength\parindent{2em}
+ \newcommand\figref[1]{\textbf{Figuur}~\ref{#1}}
+ \newcommand\tabref[1]{\textbf{Tabel}~\ref{#1}}
+ \renewcommand{\chaptername}{Hoofdstuk}
+ \newcommand{\authorname}{\textbf{Auteur: }}
+ \newcommand{\institutename}{\textbf{Instituut: }}
+ \newcommand{\datename}{\textbf{Datum: }}
+ \newcommand{\versionname}{\textbf{Versie: }}
+ \newcommand{\notename}{Opmerking}
+ \newcommand{\proofname}{Bewijs}
+ \newcommand{\problemname}{Probleem}
+ \newcommand{\definitionname}{Definitie}
+ \newcommand{\theoremname}{Stelling}
+ \newcommand{\axiomname}{Uitgangspunt}
+ \newcommand{\postulatename}{Hypothese}
+ \newcommand{\lemmaname}{Lemma}
+ \newcommand{\propositionname}{Voorstel}
+ \newcommand{\corollaryname}{Gevolgtrekking}
+ \newcommand{\examplename}{Voorbeeld}
+ \newcommand{\exercisename}{Oefening}
+ \newcommand{\remarkname}{Commentaar}
+ \newcommand{\assumptionname}{Veronderstelling}
+ \newcommand{\conclusionname}{Besluit}
+ \newcommand{\solutionname}{Oplossing}
+ \newcommand{\propertyname}{Eigenschap}
+ \newcommand{\introductionname}{Introductie}
+ \newcommand{\problemsetname}{Probleemcomplex}
+ \newcommand\bioinfo[2]{\gdef\@bioinfo{\textbf{#1}: #2}}
+ \newcommand{\updatename}{Update:}
+ \newcommand{\ebibname}{Bibliographie}
+ \newcommand{\historyname}{Versie Geschiedenis}
+}{\relax}
+
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@lang}{hu}{
+ \RequirePackage[magyar]{babel}
+ \setlength\parindent{2em}
+ \newcommand\figref[1]{\ref{#1}~\textbf{Ábra}}
+ \newcommand\tabref[1]{\ref{#1}~\textbf{Táblázat}}
+ \renewcommand{\chaptername}{Fejezet}
+ \newcommand{\authorname}{\textbf{Szerző: }}
+ \newcommand{\institutename}{\textbf{Intézmény: }}
+ \newcommand{\datename}{\textbf{Dátum: }}
+ \newcommand{\versionname}{\textbf{Verziószám: }}
+ \newcommand{\notename}{Jegyzet}
+ \newcommand{\proofname}{Bizonyítás}
+ \newcommand{\problemname}{Probléma}
+ \newcommand{\definitionname}{Definíció}
+ \newcommand{\theoremname}{Tétel}
+ \newcommand{\axiomname}{Axióma}
+ \newcommand{\postulatename}{Követelmény}
+ \newcommand{\lemmaname}{Lemma}
+ \newcommand{\propositionname}{Előzmény}
+ \newcommand{\corollaryname}{Következmény}
+ \newcommand{\examplename}{Példa}
+ \newcommand{\exercisename}{Feladat}
+ \newcommand{\remarkname}{Megjegyzés}
+ \newcommand{\assumptionname}{Sejtés}
+ \newcommand{\conclusionname}{Összefoglalás}
+ \newcommand{\solutionname}{Megoldás}
+ \newcommand{\propertyname}{Tulajdonság}
+ \newcommand{\introductionname}{Bevezetés}
+ \newcommand{\problemsetname}{Feladatok}
+ \newcommand\bioinfo[2]{\gdef\@bioinfo{\textbf{#1}: #2}}
+ \newcommand{\updatename}{Frissítve:}
+ \newcommand{\ebibname}{Bibliográfia}
+ \newcommand{\historyname}{Korábbi verziók}
+}{\relax}
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@lang}{de}{
+ \setlength\parindent{2em}
+ \renewcommand{\contentsname}{Inhaltsverzeichnis}
+ \newcommand\figref[1]{\textbf{Figur}~\ref{#1}}
+ \newcommand\tabref[1]{\textbf{Tabelle}~\ref{#1}}
+ \renewcommand{\partname}{\color{structurecolor} Teil}
+ \renewcommand{\listfigurename}{Abbildungsverzeichnis}
+ \renewcommand{\listtablename}{Tabellenverzeichnis}
+ \renewcommand{\bibname}{Bibliographie}
+ \renewcommand{\appendixname}{Anhang}
+ \renewcommand{\chaptername}{Kapitel}
+ \newcommand{\authorname}{\textbf{Autor: }}
+ \newcommand{\institutename}{\textbf{Institut: }}
+ \newcommand{\datename}{\textbf{Datum: }}
+ \newcommand{\versionname}{\textbf{Version: }}
+ \newcommand{\notename}{Notiz}
+ \newcommand{\proofname}{Beweis}
+ \newcommand{\problemname}{Problem}
+ \newcommand{\definitionname}{Definition}
+ \newcommand{\theoremname}{Theorem}
+ \newcommand{\axiomname}{Axiom}
+ \newcommand{\postulatename}{Postulat}
+ \newcommand{\lemmaname}{Lemma}
+ \newcommand{\propositionname}{Behauptung}
+ \newcommand{\corollaryname}{Corollary}
+ \newcommand{\examplename}{Beispiel}
+ \newcommand{\instancename}{Beispiel} %
+ \newcommand{\exercisename}{\"{U}bung}
+ \newcommand{\remarkname}{Anmerkung}
+ \newcommand{\assumptionname}{Annahme}
+ \newcommand{\conclusionname}{Abschluss}
+ \newcommand{\solutionname}{Aufl\"{o}sung}
+ \newcommand{\propertyname}{Property}
+ \newcommand{\introductionname}{Einleitung}
+ \newcommand\bioinfo[2]{\gdef\@bioinfo{\textbf{#1}: #2}}
+ \newcommand{\updatename}{Updates:}
+ \renewcommand{\ebibname}{Bibliographie}
+ \newcommand{\historyname}{Version der Geschichte}
+}{\relax}
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@lang}{es}{
+ \RequirePackage[spanish]{babel}
+ \setlength\parindent{2em}
+ \newcommand\figref[1]{\textbf{Figura}~\ref{#1}}
+ \newcommand\tabref[1]{\textbf{Tabla}~\ref{#1}}
+ \renewcommand{\spanishchaptername}{Capítulo}
+ \newcommand{\authorname}{\textbf{Autor: }}
+ \newcommand{\institutename}{\textbf{Instituto: }}
+ \newcommand{\datename}{\textbf{Fecha: }}
+ \newcommand{\versionname}{\textbf{Versión: }}
+ \newcommand{\notename}{Nota}
+ \newcommand{\proofname}{Demostración}
+ \newcommand{\problemname}{Problema}
+ \newcommand{\definitionname}{Definición}
+ \newcommand{\theoremname}{Teorema}
+ \newcommand{\axiomname}{Axioma}
+ \newcommand{\postulatename}{Postulado}
+ \newcommand{\lemmaname}{Lema}
+ \newcommand{\propositionname}{Proposición}
+ \newcommand{\corollaryname}{Corolario}
+ \newcommand{\examplename}{Ejemplo}
+ \newcommand{\exercisename}{Ejercicio}
+ \newcommand{\remarkname}{Comentario}
+ \newcommand{\assumptionname}{Asunto}
+ \newcommand{\conclusionname}{Conclusión}
+ \newcommand{\solutionname}{Solución}
+ \newcommand{\propertyname}{Propiedad}
+ \newcommand{\introductionname}{Introducción}
+ \newcommand{\problemsetname}{Ejercicio}
+ \newcommand\bioinfo[2]{\gdef\@bioinfo{\textbf{#1}: #2}}
+ \newcommand{\updatename}{Actualización:}
+ \newcommand{\ebibname}{Bibliografía}
+ \newcommand{\historyname}{Historial de versiones}
+}{\relax}
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@lang}{mn}{
+ \RequirePackage[mongolian]{babel}
+ \RequirePackage[utf8]{inputenc}
+ \RequirePackage[T2A]{fontenc}
+ \setlength\parindent{2em}
+ \newcommand\figref[1]{\textbf{Зураг}\ref{#1}}
+ \newcommand\tabref[1]{\textbf{Хүснэгт}\ref{#1}}
+ \renewcommand{\chaptername}{Бүлэг}
+ \newcommand{\authorname}{\textbf{Зохиогч: }}
+ \newcommand{\institutename}{\textbf{Сургууль: }}
+ \newcommand{\datename}{\textbf{Огноо: }}
+ \newcommand{\versionname}{\textbf{Хувилбар: }}
+ \newcommand{\notename}{Тэмдэглэл}
+ \newcommand{\proofname}{Баталгаа}
+ \newcommand{\problemname}{Бодлого}
+ \newcommand{\definitionname}{Тодорхойлолт}
+ \newcommand{\theoremname}{Томьёо}
+ \newcommand{\axiomname}{Аксиом}
+ \newcommand{\postulatename}{Постулат}
+ \newcommand{\lemmaname}{Лемма}
+ \newcommand{\propositionname}{Таамаглал}
+ \newcommand{\corollaryname}{Үр дүн}
+ \newcommand{\examplename}{Жишээ}
+ \newcommand{\exercisename}{Дасгал}
+ \newcommand{\remarkname}{Тайлбар}
+ \newcommand{\assumptionname}{Урьдчилсан нөхцөл}
+ \newcommand{\conclusionname}{Дүгнэлт}
+ \newcommand{\solutionname}{Хариулт}
+ \newcommand{\propertyname}{Шинж чанар}
+ \newcommand{\introductionname}{Удиртгал}
+ \newcommand{\problemsetname}{Бодлогууд}
+ \newcommand\bioinfo[2]{\gdef@bioinfo{\textbf{#1}: #2}}
+ \newcommand{\updatename}{Шинэчлэлтүүд:}
+ \newcommand{\ebibname}{Ном зүй}
+ \newcommand{\historyname}{Хувилбарын түүх}
+}{\relax}
+
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@lang}{pt}{
+ \RequirePackage[portuguese]{babel}
+ \setlength\parindent{2em}
+ \newcommand\figref[1]{\textbf{Figura}~\ref{#1}}
+ \newcommand\tabref[1]{\textbf{Tabela}~\ref{#1}}
+ \renewcommand{\chaptername}{Capítulo}
+ \newcommand{\authorname}{\textbf{Autor: }}
+ \newcommand{\institutename}{\textbf{Instituição: }}
+ \newcommand{\datename}{\textbf{Data: }}
+ \newcommand{\versionname}{\textbf{Versão: }}
+ \newcommand{\notename}{Observação}
+ \newcommand{\proofname}{Demostração}
+ \newcommand{\problemname}{Problema}
+ \newcommand{\definitionname}{Definição}
+ \newcommand{\theoremname}{Teorema}
+ \newcommand{\axiomname}{Axioma}
+ \newcommand{\postulatename}{Postulado}
+ \newcommand{\lemmaname}{Lema}
+ \newcommand{\propositionname}{Proposição}
+ \newcommand{\corollaryname}{Corolário}
+ \newcommand{\examplename}{Exemplo}
+ \newcommand{\exercisename}{Exercício}
+ \newcommand{\remarkname}{Comentário}
+ \newcommand{\assumptionname}{Assunto}
+ \newcommand{\conclusionname}{Conclusão}
+ \newcommand{\solutionname}{Soluções}
+ \newcommand{\propertyname}{Propiedade}
+ \newcommand{\introductionname}{Introdução}
+ \newcommand{\problemsetname}{Questão}
+ \newcommand\bioinfo[2]{\gdef\@bioinfo{\textbf{#1}: #2}}
+ \newcommand{\updatename}{Atualização: }
+ \newcommand{\ebibname}{Bibliografia}
+ \newcommand{\historyname}{Histórico de versões}
+}{\relax}
+
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@lang}{jp}{
+ \RequirePackage{luatexja}
+ \setlength\parindent{2em}
+ \renewcommand{\contentsname}{目次}
+ \newcommand\figref[1]{\textbf{図}~\ref{#1}}
+ \newcommand\tabref[1]{\textbf{表}~\ref{#1}}
+ \renewcommand{\partname}{\color{structurecolor}}
+ \renewcommand{\listfigurename}{イラストカタログ}
+ \renewcommand{\listtablename}{表カタログ}
+ \renewcommand{\bibname}{参考文献}
+ \renewcommand{\appendixname}{付録}
+ \renewcommand{\chaptername}{第 \thechapter 章}
+ \newcommand{\authorname}{\textbf{著者:}}
+ \newcommand{\institutename}{\textbf{組織団体:}}
+ \newcommand{\datename}{\textbf{日付:}}
+ \newcommand{\versionname}{\textbf{\citshape バージョン:}}
+ \newcommand{\notename}{ノート}
+ \newcommand{\proofname}{証明}
+ \newcommand{\problemname}{問題}
+ \newcommand{\definitionname}{定義}
+ \newcommand{\theoremname}{定理}
+ \newcommand{\axiomname}{公理}
+ \newcommand{\postulatename}{公準}
+ \newcommand{\lemmaname}{補題}
+ \newcommand{\propositionname}{命題}
+ \newcommand{\corollaryname}{系}
+ \newcommand{\examplename}{例題}
+ \newcommand{\instancename}{例}
+ \newcommand{\exercisename}{練習}
+ \newcommand{\remarkname}{注}
+ \newcommand{\assumptionname}{仮設}
+ \newcommand{\conclusionname}{結論}
+ \newcommand{\solutionname}{解答}
+ \newcommand{\propertyname}{性質}
+ \newcommand{\introductionname}{内容概要}
+ \newcommand\bioinfo[2]{\gdef\@bioinfo{\textbf{#1}: #2}}
+ \newcommand{\updatename}{更新:}
+ \newcommand{\ebibname}{参考文献}
+ \newcommand{\historyname}{バージョン更新履歴}
+}{\relax}
+
+
+\graphicspath{{./figure/}{./figures/}{./image/}{./images/}{./graphics/}{./graphic/}{./pictures/}{./picture/}}
+
+\RequirePackage{tikz} %% load tikz without tikz
+\usetikzlibrary{backgrounds,calc,shadows,positioning,fit}
+\newcommand*\circled[1]{\tikz[baseline=(char.base)]{
+ \node[shape=circle,draw,inner sep=1pt] (char) {#1};}}
+% https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/7032/good-way-to-make-textcircled-numbers
+
+\newcommand*{\eitemi}{\tikz \draw [baseline, ball color=structurecolor,draw=none] circle (2pt);}
+\newcommand*{\eitemii}{\tikz \draw [baseline, fill=structurecolor,draw=none,circular drop shadow] circle (2pt);}
+\newcommand*{\eitemiii}{\tikz \draw [baseline, fill=structurecolor,draw=none] circle (2pt);}
+\setlist[enumerate,1]{label=\color{structurecolor}\arabic*.}
+\setlist[enumerate,2]{label=\color{structurecolor}(\alph*).}
+\setlist[enumerate,3]{label=\color{structurecolor}\Roman*.}
+\setlist[enumerate,4]{label=\color{structurecolor}\Alph*.}
+\setlist[itemize,1]{label={\eitemi}}
+\setlist[itemize,2]{label={\eitemii}}
+\setlist[itemize,3]{label={\eitemiii}}
+
+\RequirePackage{apptools}
+
+% appendix chapter:
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@lang}{cn}{
+ \ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@scheme}{chinese}{
+ \newcommand{\xchaptertitle}{第\zhnumber{\arabic{chapter}}章} }{
+ \newcommand{\xchaptertitle}{第 \thechapter{} 章}}
+% Hyperref 2022/05/16's changelog.txt said
+% * nameref is loaded always and earlier (issue#235)
+ \AtBeginDocument{
+ \ifELEGANT@Hy@later
+ \patchcmd{\NR@chapter}%
+ {\numberline{\thechapter}}{\numberline{\xchaptertitle}}%
+ {}{\fail}
+ \else
+ \patchcmd{\Hy@org@chapter}%
+ {\numberline{\thechapter}}{\numberline{\xchaptertitle}}%
+ {}{\fail}
+ \fi
+ }
+ }
+ {\newcommand{\xchaptertitle}{\chaptername~\thechapter~}}
+
+\setcounter{secnumdepth}{5}
+\titleformat{\chapter}[\style]{\bfseries}{
+ \filcenter\LARGE\enspace\bfseries{\color{structurecolor} \IfAppendix{\appendixname\;\thechapter\;}{\xchaptertitle\;}}}{1pt}{
+ \LARGE\bfseries\color{structurecolor}\filcenter}[]
+\titleformat{\section}[hang]{\bfseries}{
+ \Large\bfseries{\color{structurecolor}\thesection}\enspace}{1pt}{%
+ \color{structurecolor}\Large\bfseries\filright}
+\titleformat{\subsection}[hang]{\bfseries}{
+ \large\bfseries\color{structurecolor}\thesubsection\enspace}{1pt}{%
+ \color{structurecolor}\large\bfseries\filright}
+\titleformat{\subsubsection}[hang]{\bfseries}{
+ \large\bfseries\color{structurecolor}\thesubsubsection\enspace}{1pt}{%
+ \color{structurecolor}\large\bfseries\filright}
+
+\titlespacing{\chapter}{0pt}{-20pt}{1.3\baselineskip}
+%\titlespacing{\subsection}{0pt}{0.5\baselineskip}{-\baselineskip}
+
+
+
+%%define the
+%%definition theorem postulate axiom corollary lemma proposition
+%%and proof environment
+\RequirePackage{pifont,manfnt,bbding}
+\RequirePackage[many]{tcolorbox}
+% \newlength{\normalparindent}
+% \setlength{\normalparindent}{\parindent}
+\newcommand{\ELEGANT@tmp@tl}{}
+\ifELEGANT@usesamecnt
+ \newcounter{ELEGANT@samecnt}
+ \counterwithin{ELEGANT@samecnt}{\ELEGANT@thmcnt}
+ \tcbset{
+ new/usesamecnt/.style = {use counter = ELEGANT@samecnt}
+ }
+\else
+ \tcbset{
+ new/usesamecnt/.style = {}
+ }
+\fi
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@mode}{fancy}{
+ \tcbset{
+ common/.style={
+ fontupper=\citshape,
+ lower separated=false,
+ % before upper={\setlength{\parindent}{\normalparindent}},
+ coltitle=white,
+ colback=gray!5,
+ boxrule=0.5pt,
+ fonttitle=\bfseries,
+ enhanced,
+ breakable,
+ top=8pt,
+ before skip=8pt,
+ attach boxed title to top left={
+ yshift=-0.11in,
+ xshift=0.15in},
+ boxed title style={
+ boxrule=0pt,
+ colframe=white,
+ arc=0pt,
+ outer arc=0pt},
+ separator sign={.},},
+ defstyle/.style={
+ common,
+ colframe=main,
+ colback=main!5,
+ colbacktitle=main,
+ overlay unbroken and last={
+ \node[anchor=south east, outer sep=0pt] at (\linewidth-width,0) {
+ \textcolor{main}{$\clubsuit$}};}},
+ thmstyle/.style={
+ common,
+ colframe=second,
+ colback=second!5,
+ colbacktitle=second,
+ overlay unbroken and last={
+ \node[anchor=south east, outer sep=0pt] at (\linewidth-width,0) {
+ \textcolor{second}{$\heartsuit$}};}},
+ prostyle/.style={
+ common,
+ colframe=third,
+ colback=third!5,
+ colbacktitle=third,
+ overlay unbroken and last={
+ \node[anchor=south east, outer sep=0pt] at (\linewidth-width,0) {
+ \textcolor{third}{$\spadesuit$}};}},
+ ELEGANT@title/.code n args={2}
+ {
+
+ \tcbset
+ {
+ title=
+ {
+ \csname #1name\endcsname~%
+ \ifdef{\thetcbcounter}{\thetcbcounter}{}%
+ \ifblank{#2}{}{\ (#2)}
+ }
+ }
+ },
+ ELEGANT@label/.code n args={2}
+ {
+ \ifblank{#2}
+ {}{\tcbset{label={#1:#2}}}
+ }
+ }
+
+ % define an internal control sequence \ELEGANT@newtheorem for fancy mode's newtheorem
+ % #1 is the environment name, #2 is the prefix of label, #3 is the style
+ % style: thmstyle, defstyle, prostyle
+ % e.g. \ELEGANT@newtheorem{theorem}{thm}{thmstyle}
+ % will define two environments: numbered ``theorem'' and no-numbered ``theorem*''
+ % WARNING FOR MULTILINGUAL: this cs will automatically find \theoremname's definition,
+ % WARNING FOR MULTILINGUAL: it should be defined in language settings.
+ \NewDocumentCommand \ELEGANT@newtheorem { m m m O{} }{
+ \ifcsundef{#1name}{%
+ \ClassError{elegantbook}{%
+ \ #1name undefined, \MessageBreak
+ Please check in language setting
+ }{}
+ }{\relax}
+ \expandafter\ifblank\expandafter{#4}{
+ \tcbset{
+ new/usecnt/.style={}
+ }
+ }{
+ \tcbset{
+ new/usecnt/.style= {use counter from = #4}
+ }
+ }
+ \DeclareTColorBox[auto counter,number within=\ELEGANT@thmcnt,usesamecnt,usecnt]{#1}{ g o t\label g }{
+ common,#3,
+ IfValueTF={##1}
+ {ELEGANT@title={#1}{##1}}
+ {
+ IfValueTF={##2}
+ {ELEGANT@title={#1}{##2}}
+ {ELEGANT@title={#1}{}}
+ },
+ IfValueT={##4}
+ {
+ IfBooleanTF={##3}
+ {label={##4}}
+ {ELEGANT@label={#2}{##4}}
+ }
+ }
+ \DeclareTColorBox{#1*}{ g o }{
+ common,#3,
+ IfValueTF={##1}
+ {ELEGANT@title={#1}{##1}}
+ {
+ IfValueTF={##2}
+ {ELEGANT@title={#1}{##2}}
+ {ELEGANT@title={#1}{}}
+ },
+ }
+ }
+ % define several environment
+ % we define headers like \definitionname before
+ \ELEGANT@newtheorem{theorem}{thm}{thmstyle}
+ \ELEGANT@newtheorem{definition}{def}{defstyle}
+ \ELEGANT@newtheorem{postulate}{pos}{thmstyle}
+ \ELEGANT@newtheorem{axiom}{axi}{thmstyle}
+ \ELEGANT@newtheorem{corollary}{cor}{thmstyle}
+ \ELEGANT@newtheorem{lemma}{lem}{thmstyle}
+ \ELEGANT@newtheorem{proposition}{pro}{prostyle}
+}{\relax}
+
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@mode}{simple}{
+ \let\openbox\relax
+ \RequirePackage{amsthm}
+ \let\proof\relax
+ % \let\proofname\relax
+ \let\endproof\relax
+
+ % declare new theorem styles: defstyle, thmstyle, prostyle
+ \newtheoremstyle{defstyle}{3pt}{3pt}{\citshape}{-3pt}{
+ \bfseries\color{main}}{}{0.5em}{\thmname{#1} \thmnumber{#2} \thmnote{(#3)}}
+ \newtheoremstyle{thmstyle}{3pt}{3pt}{\citshape}{-3pt}{
+ \bfseries\color{second}}{}{0.5em}{\thmname{#1} \thmnumber{#2} \thmnote{(#3)}}
+ \newtheoremstyle{prostyle}{3pt}{3pt}{\citshape}{-3pt}{
+ \bfseries\color{third}}{}{0.5em}{\thmname{#1} \thmnumber{#2} \thmnote{(#3)}}
+
+ % define an internal control sequence \ELEGANT@newtheorem for simple mode's newtheorem
+ % #1 is the environment name, #2 is the style
+ % style: thmstyle, defstyle, prostyle
+ % e.g. \ELEGANT@newtheorem{theorem}{thmstyle}
+ % will define two environments: numbered ``theorem'' and no-numbered ``theorem*''
+ % WARNING FOR MULTILINGUAL: this cs will automatically find \theoremname's definition,
+ % WARNING FOR MULTILINGUAL: it should be defined in language settings.
+ \NewDocumentCommand \ELEGANT@newtheorem { m m O{} } {
+ \theoremstyle{#2}
+ \ifELEGANT@usesamecnt
+ \newtheorem{#1}[ELEGANT@samecnt]{\csname #1name\endcsname}
+ \else
+ \ifblank{#3}{
+ \newtheorem{#1}{\csname #1name\endcsname}[\ELEGANT@thmcnt]
+ }{
+ \newtheorem{#1}[#3]{\csname #1name\endcsname}
+ }
+ \fi
+ \newtheorem*{#1*}{\csname #1name\endcsname}
+ }
+
+ % define several environment
+ % we define headers like \definitionname before
+ \ELEGANT@newtheorem{theorem}{thmstyle}
+ \ELEGANT@newtheorem{definition}{defstyle}
+ \ELEGANT@newtheorem{postulate}{thmstyle}
+ \ELEGANT@newtheorem{axiom}{thmstyle}
+ \ELEGANT@newtheorem{corollary}{thmstyle}
+ \ELEGANT@newtheorem{lemma}{thmstyle}
+ \ELEGANT@newtheorem{proposition}{prostyle}
+}{\relax}
+
+% define an user control sequence \elegantnewtheorem
+% #1 is the evironment, #2 is the theorem header
+% #3 is the style #4 is the prefix for fancy mode
+% style: thmstyle, defstyle, prostyle
+% if #4 is given in simple mode, an error will be raised
+% if #4 isn't given in fancy mode, the prefix will be set equal to #1,
+% and a warning will be raised
+\newcommand{\ELEGANT@newtheorem@warning}{}
+\newcommand{\ELEGANT@newtheorem@error}{}
+\newcommand{\ELEGANT@usesamecnt@warning}{}
+\NewDocumentCommand\elegantnewtheorem{ m m m g O{} }
+ {
+ \renewcommand{\ELEGANT@usesamecnt@warning}{
+ \ClassWarning{elegantbook}{%
+ [#5] won't make sence with option \MessageBreak
+ `usesamecnt'.
+ }
+ }
+ \renewcommand{\ELEGANT@newtheorem@warning}{
+ \ClassWarning{elegantbook}{%
+ Because you didn't provide a prefix, \MessageBreak
+ we use #1 as the default prefix. \MessageBreak
+ You have to use \MessageBreak
+ \ref{#1:label} to refer a \MessageBreak
+ \begin{#1}{name}{label} environment. \MessageBreak
+ }
+ }
+ \renewcommand{\ELEGANT@newtheorem@error}{
+ \ClassError{elegantbook}{%
+ You can't set a prefix in mode ``simple''.\MessageBreak
+ Just use \MessageBreak
+ \elegantnewtheorem{#1}{#2}{#3}
+ }{%
+ We are using ``amsthm'' package to \MessageBreak
+ generate theorem-like theorem. \MessageBreak
+ The 4th parameter ``prefix'' isn't allowed.
+ }
+ }
+ \ifELEGANT@usesamecnt
+ \ifblank{#5}{}{\ELEGANT@usesamecnt@warning}
+ \else
+ \renewcommand{\ELEGANT@tmp@tl}{#5}
+ \fi
+ \expandafter\def\csname #1name\endcsname{#2}
+ \ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@mode}{simple}{%
+ \IfValueTF{#4}
+ {\ELEGANT@newtheorem@error}
+ {\ELEGANT@newtheorem{#1}{#3}[\ELEGANT@tmp@tl]}
+ }{\relax}
+ \ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@mode}{fancy}{%
+ \IfValueTF{#4}
+ {
+ \def\ELEGANT@temp@prefix{#4}
+ \ifdefempty{\ELEGANT@temp@prefix}
+ {
+ \ELEGANT@newtheorem{#1}{#1}{#3}[\ELEGANT@tmp@tl]
+ \ELEGANT@newtheorem@warning
+ }
+ {\ELEGANT@newtheorem{#1}{#4}{#3}[\ELEGANT@tmp@tl]}
+ }
+ {
+ \ELEGANT@newtheorem{#1}{#1}{#3}[\ELEGANT@tmp@tl]
+ \ELEGANT@newtheorem@warning
+ }
+ }{\relax}
+ }
+
+% main(green-def): example exercise problem solution
+% second(orange-thm): proof note remark
+% third(blue-prop): assumptions property conclusion custom
+
+%% Example with counter
+\newcounter{exam}[chapter]
+\setcounter{exam}{0}
+\renewcommand{\theexam}{\thechapter.\arabic{exam}}
+\newenvironment{example}[1][]{
+ \refstepcounter{exam}
+ \par\noindent\textbf{\color{main}{\examplename} \theexam #1 }\rmfamily}{
+ \par\ignorespacesafterend}
+
+%% Exercise with counter
+\newcounter{exer}[chapter]
+\setcounter{exer}{0}
+\renewcommand{\theexer}{\thechapter.\arabic{exer}}
+\newenvironment{exercise}[1][]{
+ \refstepcounter{exer}
+ \par\noindent\makebox[-3pt][r]{
+ \scriptsize\color{red!90}\HandPencilLeft\quad}
+ \textbf{\color{main}{\exercisename} \theexer #1 }\rmfamily}{
+ \par\ignorespacesafterend}
+
+%% Problem with counter
+\newcounter{prob}[chapter]
+\setcounter{prob}{0}
+\renewcommand{\theprob}{\thechapter.\arabic{prob}}
+\newenvironment{problem}[1][]{
+ \refstepcounter{prob}
+ \par\noindent\textbf{\color{main}{\problemname} \theprob #1 }\rmfamily}{
+ \par\ignorespacesafterend}
+
+\newenvironment{note}{
+ \par\noindent\makebox[-3pt][r]{
+ \scriptsize\color{red!90}\textdbend\quad}
+ \textbf{\color{second}\notename} \citshape}{\par}
+
+\newenvironment{proof}{
+ \par\noindent\textbf{\color{second}\proofname\;}
+ \color{black!90}\cfs}{
+ % \hfill$\Box$\quad
+ \par}
+
+\newenvironment{solution}{\par\noindent\textbf{\color{main}\solutionname} \citshape}{\par}
+\newenvironment{remark}{\noindent\textbf{\color{second}\remarkname}}{\par}
+\newenvironment{assumption}{\par\noindent\textbf{\color{third}\assumptionname} \citshape}{\par}
+\newenvironment{conclusion}{\par\noindent\textbf{\color{third}\conclusionname} \citshape}{\par}
+\newenvironment{property}{\par\noindent\textbf{\color{third}\propertyname} \citshape}{\par}
+\newenvironment{custom}[1]{\par\noindent\textbf{\color{third} #1} \citshape}{\par}
+
+\RequirePackage{multicol}
+\tcbset{
+ introductionsty/.style={
+ enhanced,
+ breakable,
+ colback=structurecolor!10,
+ colframe=structurecolor,
+ fonttitle=\bfseries,
+ colbacktitle=structurecolor,
+ fontupper=\citshape,
+ attach boxed title to top center={yshift=-3mm,yshifttext=-1mm},
+ boxrule=0pt,
+ toprule=0.5pt,
+ bottomrule=0.5pt,
+ top=8pt,
+ before skip=8pt,
+ sharp corners
+ },
+}
+
+
+\newenvironment{introduction}[1][\introductionname]{
+ \begin{tcolorbox}[introductionsty,title={#1}]
+ \begin{multicols}{2}
+ \begin{itemize}[label=\textcolor{structurecolor}{\upshape\scriptsize\SquareShadowBottomRight}]}{
+ \end{itemize}
+ \end{multicols}
+ \end{tcolorbox}}
+
+\RequirePackage{adforn}
+
+\newenvironment{problemset}[1][\xchaptertitle~\exercisename]{
+ \vspace*{10pt}
+ \begin{center}
+ \phantomsection\addcontentsline{toc}{section}{\texorpdfstring{\xchaptertitle~\exercisename}{\exercisename}}
+ % \markboth{#1}{\rightmark}
+ \markright{#1}
+ \textcolor{structurecolor}{\Large\bfseries\adftripleflourishleft~#1~\adftripleflourishright}
+ \end{center}
+ \begin{enumerate}}{
+ \end{enumerate}}
+
+\def\relsec{\endgroup start}
+\def\endrelsec{end\begingroup\def \@currenvir {relsec}}
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@result}{noanswer}{
+ \AtBeginDocument{
+ \excludecomment{solution}
+ \excludecomment{proof}
+ \excludecomment{inline}
+ }
+}{\relax}
+
+
+%页眉页脚
+\RequirePackage{fancyhdr}
+\fancyhf{}
+
+
+\fancyfoot[c]{\color{structurecolor}\small\thepage}
+\if@twoside
+ \fancyhead[EL]{\color{structurecolor}\cnormal\leftmark}
+ \fancyhead[OR]{\color{structurecolor}\cnormal\rightmark}
+\else
+ \fancyhead[R]{\color{structurecolor}\cnormal\rightmark}
+\fi
+
+\renewcommand{\headrule}{\color{structurecolor}\hrule width\textwidth}
+\pagestyle{fancy}
+\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{1pt}
+% \renewcommand{\headrule}{}
+\fancypagestyle{plain}{\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}\fancyhf{}\renewcommand{\headrule}{}}
+\renewcommand{\sectionmark}[1]{\markright{\thesection\, #1}{}}
+\renewcommand{\chaptermark}[1]{\markboth{\xchaptertitle\, #1}{}}
+
+
+\renewcommand*{\maketitle}{%
+\hypersetup{pageanchor=false}
+\pagenumbering{Alph}
+\begin{titlepage}
+ \newgeometry{margin = 0in}
+ \parindent=0pt
+ \ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@device}{normal}{
+ \ifcsname @cover\endcsname
+ \includegraphics[width=\linewidth]{\@cover}
+ \else
+ \includegraphics[width=\linewidth]{example-image}
+ \fi
+ }{\relax}
+ \ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@device}{pad}{
+ \ifcsname @cover\endcsname
+ \includegraphics[trim=0 26bp 0 26bp,clip=true, width=\linewidth]{\@cover}
+ \else
+ \includegraphics[trim=0 26bp 0 26bp,clip=true, width=\linewidth]{example-image}
+ \fi
+ }{\relax}
+ \setlength{\fboxsep}{0pt}
+ \colorbox{coverlinecolor}{\makebox[\linewidth][c]{\shortstack[c]{\vspace{0.5in}}}}
+ \vfill
+ \vskip-2ex
+ \hspace{2em}
+ \parbox{0.8\textwidth}{
+ \bfseries\Huge
+ \ifcsname @title\endcsname \@title \fi
+ \par}
+ \vfill
+ \vspace{-1.0cm}
+ \setstretch{2.5}
+ \hspace{2.5em}
+ \begin{minipage}[c]{0.67\linewidth}
+ {\color{darkgray}\bfseries\Large
+ \ifcsname @subtitle\endcsname\@subtitle\\[2ex]\fi}
+ \color{gray}\normalsize
+ {\renewcommand{\arraystretch}{0.618}
+ \begin{tabular}{l}
+ % \ifcsname @author\endcsname \authorname \@author\\\fi
+ \ifx\@author\empty\else\authorname\cnormal\@author\\ \fi
+ \ifcsname @institute\endcsname \institutename \cnormal\@institute\\ \fi
+ % \ifcsname @date\endcsname \@date\\\fi
+ \ifx\@date\empty\else\datename\cnormal\@date \\ \fi
+ \ifcsname @version\endcsname \cnormal\versionname\@version\\ \fi
+ \ifcsname @bioinfo\endcsname \cnormal\@bioinfo\\ \fi
+ \end{tabular}}
+ \end{minipage}
+ \begin{minipage}[c]{0.27\linewidth}
+ \begin{tikzpicture}[remember picture,overlay]
+ \begin{pgfonlayer}{background}
+ \node[opacity=0.8,
+ anchor=south east,
+ outer sep=0pt,
+ inner sep=0pt] at ($(current page.south east) +(-0.8in,1.5in)$) {
+ \ifcsname @logo\endcsname\includegraphics[width=4.2cm]{\@logo}\fi};
+ \end{pgfonlayer}
+ \end{tikzpicture}
+ \end{minipage}
+ \vfill
+ \begin{center}
+ \setstretch{1.3}
+ \parbox[t]{0.7\textwidth}{\centering \citshape
+ \ifcsname @extrainfo\endcsname\@extrainfo\fi}
+ \end{center}
+ \vfill
+\end{titlepage}
+\restoregeometry
+\thispagestyle{empty}}
+
+
+\newcommand{\dollar}{\mbox{\textdollar}}
+
+\RequirePackage{listings}
+\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{cmtt}
+\lstdefinestyle{mystyle}{
+ basicstyle=%
+ \ttfamily
+ \lst@ifdisplaystyle\small\fi
+}
+
+\lstset{basicstyle=\ttfamily,style=mystyle,breaklines=true}
+
+\definecolor{lightgrey}{rgb}{0.9,0.9,0.9}
+\definecolor{frenchplum}{RGB}{190,20,83}
+\lstset{language=[LaTeX]TeX,
+ texcsstyle=*\color{winered},
+ numbers=none,
+ mathescape=false,
+ breaklines=true,
+ keywordstyle=\color{winered},
+ commentstyle=\color{gray},
+ emph={elegantpaper,fontenc,fontspec,xeCJK,citestyle,FiraMono,xunicode,figure,fig,image,img,table,itemize,enumerate,ctex,microtype,description,times,booktabs,tabular,PDFLaTeX,XeLaTeX,type1cm,BibTeX,device,color,mode,lang,amsthm,tcolorbox,titlestyle,cite,ctex,listings,base,math,scheme,toc,esint,chinesefont,amsmath,bibstyle,natbib,pgfornament,addbibresource,printbibliography},
+ emphstyle={\color{frenchplum}},
+ morekeywords={DeclareSymbolFont,SetSymbolFont,toprule,midrule,bottomrule,institute,version,includegraphics,setmainfont,setsansfont,setmonofont ,setCJKmainfont,setCJKsansfont,setCJKmonofont,RequirePackage,figref,tabref,email,maketitle,keywords,definecolor,extrainfo,logo,cover,subtitle,appendix,chapter,section,hypersetup,mainmatter,frontmatter,tableofcontents,elegantpar,heiti,kaishu,lstset,pagecolor,zhnumber,marginpar,part,equote,marginnote,bioinfo,datechange,listofchange,lvert,lastpage,songti,heiti,fangsong,setCJKfamilyfont,textbf,elegantnewtheorem,thmcnt,colorlet,usesamecnt},
+ frame=single,
+ tabsize=2,
+ rulecolor=\color{structurecolor},
+ framerule=0.2pt,
+ columns=flexible,
+ % backgroundcolor=\color{lightgrey}
+}
+
+\newcommand\bmmax{0}
+\RequirePackage{bm}
+
+% add the list of change history
+\newcommand{\dateinfoline}[2]{
+ \noindent\makebox[0pt][r]{%
+ \makebox[-3em][r]{%
+ \small
+ \textbf{\textcolor{structurecolor}{#1}}}\;\;}%
+ {\citshape\updatename\ignorespaces#2}}
+
+\newcommand{\datechange}[2]{%
+ \noindent{\makebox[\textwidth][r]{\color{structurecolor}\rule{1.15\textwidth}{.4pt}}}
+ \dateinfoline{#1}{#2}
+ \addcontentsline{dates}{section}{#1 -- #2}}
+
+\newcommand{\listofchanges}{%
+ \begingroup
+ \renewcommand{\contentsname}{\historyname}
+ \let\old@starttoc\@starttoc
+ \def\@starttoc##1{
+ \old@starttoc{dates}}
+ \tableofcontents%
+ \endgroup}
+% https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/472931/list-of-all-dates-in-a-document
+
+\newenvironment{change}{
+ \begin{enumerate}[label=\small\protect\circled{\arabic*}]}{
+ \end{enumerate}}
+
+
+
+\renewcommand\tableofcontents{%
+ \hypersetup{linktoc=all, linkcolor=black}
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \@restonecoltrue\onecolumn
+ \else
+ \@restonecolfalse
+ \fi
+ \chapter*{\contentsname
+ \@mkboth{%
+ \MakeUppercase\contentsname}{\MakeUppercase\contentsname}}%
+ \ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@toc}{twocol}{
+ \setlength{\columnsep}{2em}
+ \begin{multicols}{2}%
+ \@starttoc{toc}
+ \end{multicols}}{
+ \@starttoc{toc}}
+ \if@restonecol\twocolumn\fi
+ \hypersetup{linkcolor=winered}}
+
+
+\renewcommand*{\cleardoublepage}{\clearpage\if@twoside \ifodd\c@page\else
+\hbox{}%
+\thispagestyle{empty}%
+\newpage%
+\if@twocolumn\hbox{}\newpage\fi\fi\fi}
+
+
+% https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/56839/chaptername-is-used-even-for-appendix-chapters-in-toc
+\RequirePackage{calc}
+\RequirePackage[titles]{tocloft}
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@lang}{cn}{
+ % \renewcommand{\cftchappresnum}{\beforechap\space}
+ % \renewcommand{\cftchapaftersnum}{\space\afterchap}
+ % \setlength{\cftchapnumwidth}{\widthof{\textbf{附录~十一}}}
+ \renewcommand{\numberline}[1]{%
+ \@cftbsnum #1\@cftasnum~\@cftasnumb ~%
+ }
+ \g@addto@macro\appendix{%
+ % recover \thechapter in the \NR@chapter's \numberline
+ \ifELEGANT@Hy@later
+ \patchcmd{\NR@chapter}%
+ {\numberline{\xchaptertitle}}{\numberline{\thechapter}}%
+ {}{\fail}
+ \else
+ \patchcmd{\Hy@org@chapter}%
+ {\numberline{\xchaptertitle}}{\numberline{\thechapter}}%
+ {}{\fail}
+ \fi
+ \addtocontents{toc}{%
+ \protect\renewcommand{\protect\cftchappresnum}{\appendixname\space}%
+ \protect\renewcommand{\protect\cftchapaftersnum}{}%
+ }%
+ }
+}{
+ \renewcommand{\cftchappresnum}{\chaptername\space}
+ \renewcommand{\cftchapaftersnum}{\space}
+ \setlength{\cftchapnumwidth}{\widthof{\textbf{Appendix~9}}}
+ \g@addto@macro\appendix{%
+ \addtocontents{toc}{%
+ \protect\renewcommand{\protect\cftchappresnum}{\appendixname\space}%
+ \protect\renewcommand{\protect\cftchapaftersnum}{}%
+ \setlength{\cftchapnumwidth}{\widthof{\textbf{Appendix~999}}}
+ }%
+ }
+}
+
+% restore the tt default family to lmodern tt family
+\renewcommand\ttdefault{lmtt} \ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/figure/cover.jpg b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/figure/cover.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ac6395fd8f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/figure/cover.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/figure/logo-blue.png b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/figure/logo-blue.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5b6db8397e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/figure/logo-blue.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/image/founder.png b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/image/founder.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7f68e73c6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/image/founder.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/image/scatter.jpg b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/image/scatter.jpg
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..6692f1f454
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/image/scatter.jpg
Binary files differ
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/reference.bib b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/reference.bib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c4870395f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantbook/reference.bib
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+
+@article{en3,
+ title={{The Mechanism and Effectiveness of Credit Scoring of P2P Lending Platform: Evidence from Renrendai.com}},
+ author={Li, Qiang and Chen, Liwen and Zeng, Yong},
+ journal={China Finance Review International},
+ volume={8},
+ number={3},
+ pages={256--274},
+ year={2018},
+ publisher={Emerald Publishing Limited}
+}
+
+
+@article{en2,
+ author = {Carlstrom, Charles T and Fuerst, Timothy S},
+ title = {{Agency Costs, Net Worth, and Business Fluctuations: A Computable General Equilibrium Analysis}},
+ journal = {The American Economic Review},
+ pages = {893-910},
+ ISSN = {0002-8282},
+ year = {1997},
+ type = {Journal Article}
+}
+
+@article{en1,
+ author = {Quadrini, Vincenzo},
+ title = {{Financial Frictions in Macroeconomic Fluctuations}},
+ journal = {FRB Richmond Economic Quarterly},
+ volume = {97},
+ number = {3},
+ pages = {209-254},
+ year = {2011},
+ type = {Journal Article}
+}
+
+@article{cn1,
+ author = {方军雄},
+ key = {fang1 jun1 xiong2},
+ title = {{所有制、制度环境与信贷资金配置}},
+ journal = {经济研究},
+ number = {12},
+ pages = {82-92},
+ ISSN = {0577-9154},
+ year = {2007},
+ type = {Journal Article}
+}
+
+@article{cn2,
+ author = {刘凤良 and 章潇萌 and 于泽},
+ key = {liu2 feng4 liang2 zhang1 xiao1 meng2 yu2 ze2},
+ title = {{高投资、结构失衡与价格指数二元分化}},
+ journal = {金融研究},
+ number = {02},
+ pages = {54-69},
+ ISSN = {1002-7246},
+ year = {2017},
+ type = {Journal Article}
+}
+
+@article{cn3,
+ author = {吕捷 and 王高望},
+ key = {lv3 jie2 wang2 gao1 wang4},
+ title = {{CPI 与 PPI “背离”的结构性解释}},
+ journal = {经济研究},
+ volume = {50},
+ number = {04},
+ pages = {136-149},
+ ISSN = {0577-9154},
+ year = {2015},
+ type = {Journal Article}
+}
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/License b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/License
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2244313901
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/License
@@ -0,0 +1,416 @@
+The LaTeX Project Public License
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
+
+LPPL Version 1.3c 2008-05-04
+
+Copyright 1999 2002-2008 LaTeX3 Project
+ Everyone is allowed to distribute verbatim copies of this
+ license document, but modification of it is not allowed.
+
+
+PREAMBLE
+========
+
+The LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) is the primary license under
+which the LaTeX kernel and the base LaTeX packages are distributed.
+
+You may use this license for any work of which you hold the copyright
+and which you wish to distribute. This license may be particularly
+suitable if your work is TeX-related (such as a LaTeX package), but
+it is written in such a way that you can use it even if your work is
+unrelated to TeX.
+
+The section `WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE WORKS UNDER THIS LICENSE',
+below, gives instructions, examples, and recommendations for authors
+who are considering distributing their works under this license.
+
+This license gives conditions under which a work may be distributed
+and modified, as well as conditions under which modified versions of
+that work may be distributed.
+
+We, the LaTeX3 Project, believe that the conditions below give you
+the freedom to make and distribute modified versions of your work
+that conform with whatever technical specifications you wish while
+maintaining the availability, integrity, and reliability of
+that work. If you do not see how to achieve your goal while
+meeting these conditions, then read the document `cfgguide.tex'
+and `modguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution for suggestions.
+
+
+DEFINITIONS
+===========
+
+In this license document the following terms are used:
+
+ `Work'
+ Any work being distributed under this License.
+
+ `Derived Work'
+ Any work that under any applicable law is derived from the Work.
+
+ `Modification'
+ Any procedure that produces a Derived Work under any applicable
+ law -- for example, the production of a file containing an
+ original file associated with the Work or a significant portion of
+ such a file, either verbatim or with modifications and/or
+ translated into another language.
+
+ `Modify'
+ To apply any procedure that produces a Derived Work under any
+ applicable law.
+
+ `Distribution'
+ Making copies of the Work available from one person to another, in
+ whole or in part. Distribution includes (but is not limited to)
+ making any electronic components of the Work accessible by
+ file transfer protocols such as FTP or HTTP or by shared file
+ systems such as Sun's Network File System (NFS).
+
+ `Compiled Work'
+ A version of the Work that has been processed into a form where it
+ is directly usable on a computer system. This processing may
+ include using installation facilities provided by the Work,
+ transformations of the Work, copying of components of the Work, or
+ other activities. Note that modification of any installation
+ facilities provided by the Work constitutes modification of the Work.
+
+ `Current Maintainer'
+ A person or persons nominated as such within the Work. If there is
+ no such explicit nomination then it is the `Copyright Holder' under
+ any applicable law.
+
+ `Base Interpreter'
+ A program or process that is normally needed for running or
+ interpreting a part or the whole of the Work.
+
+ A Base Interpreter may depend on external components but these
+ are not considered part of the Base Interpreter provided that each
+ external component clearly identifies itself whenever it is used
+ interactively. Unless explicitly specified when applying the
+ license to the Work, the only applicable Base Interpreter is a
+ `LaTeX-Format' or in the case of files belonging to the
+ `LaTeX-format' a program implementing the `TeX language'.
+
+
+
+CONDITIONS ON DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+===========================================
+
+1. Activities other than distribution and/or modification of the Work
+are not covered by this license; they are outside its scope. In
+particular, the act of running the Work is not restricted and no
+requirements are made concerning any offers of support for the Work.
+
+2. You may distribute a complete, unmodified copy of the Work as you
+received it. Distribution of only part of the Work is considered
+modification of the Work, and no right to distribute such a Derived
+Work may be assumed under the terms of this clause.
+
+3. You may distribute a Compiled Work that has been generated from a
+complete, unmodified copy of the Work as distributed under Clause 2
+above, as long as that Compiled Work is distributed in such a way that
+the recipients may install the Compiled Work on their system exactly
+as it would have been installed if they generated a Compiled Work
+directly from the Work.
+
+4. If you are the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may, without
+restriction, modify the Work, thus creating a Derived Work. You may
+also distribute the Derived Work without restriction, including
+Compiled Works generated from the Derived Work. Derived Works
+distributed in this manner by the Current Maintainer are considered to
+be updated versions of the Work.
+
+5. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may modify
+your copy of the Work, thus creating a Derived Work based on the Work,
+and compile this Derived Work, thus creating a Compiled Work based on
+the Derived Work.
+
+6. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may
+distribute a Derived Work provided the following conditions are met
+for every component of the Work unless that component clearly states
+in the copyright notice that it is exempt from that condition. Only
+the Current Maintainer is allowed to add such statements of exemption
+to a component of the Work.
+
+ a. If a component of this Derived Work can be a direct replacement
+ for a component of the Work when that component is used with the
+ Base Interpreter, then, wherever this component of the Work
+ identifies itself to the user when used interactively with that
+ Base Interpreter, the replacement component of this Derived Work
+ clearly and unambiguously identifies itself as a modified version
+ of this component to the user when used interactively with that
+ Base Interpreter.
+
+ b. Every component of the Derived Work contains prominent notices
+ detailing the nature of the changes to that component, or a
+ prominent reference to another file that is distributed as part
+ of the Derived Work and that contains a complete and accurate log
+ of the changes.
+
+ c. No information in the Derived Work implies that any persons,
+ including (but not limited to) the authors of the original version
+ of the Work, provide any support, including (but not limited to)
+ the reporting and handling of errors, to recipients of the
+ Derived Work unless those persons have stated explicitly that
+ they do provide such support for the Derived Work.
+
+ d. You distribute at least one of the following with the Derived Work:
+
+ 1. A complete, unmodified copy of the Work;
+ if your distribution of a modified component is made by
+ offering access to copy the modified component from a
+ designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy
+ the Work from the same or some similar place meets this
+ condition, even though third parties are not compelled to
+ copy the Work along with the modified component;
+
+ 2. Information that is sufficient to obtain a complete,
+ unmodified copy of the Work.
+
+7. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may
+distribute a Compiled Work generated from a Derived Work, as long as
+the Derived Work is distributed to all recipients of the Compiled
+Work, and as long as the conditions of Clause 6, above, are met with
+regard to the Derived Work.
+
+8. The conditions above are not intended to prohibit, and hence do not
+apply to, the modification, by any method, of any component so that it
+becomes identical to an updated version of that component of the Work as
+it is distributed by the Current Maintainer under Clause 4, above.
+
+9. Distribution of the Work or any Derived Work in an alternative
+format, where the Work or that Derived Work (in whole or in part) is
+then produced by applying some process to that format, does not relax or
+nullify any sections of this license as they pertain to the results of
+applying that process.
+
+10. a. A Derived Work may be distributed under a different license
+ provided that license itself honors the conditions listed in
+ Clause 6 above, in regard to the Work, though it does not have
+ to honor the rest of the conditions in this license.
+
+ b. If a Derived Work is distributed under a different license, that
+ Derived Work must provide sufficient documentation as part of
+ itself to allow each recipient of that Derived Work to honor the
+ restrictions in Clause 6 above, concerning changes from the Work.
+
+11. This license places no restrictions on works that are unrelated to
+the Work, nor does this license place any restrictions on aggregating
+such works with the Work by any means.
+
+12. Nothing in this license is intended to, or may be used to, prevent
+complete compliance by all parties with all applicable laws.
+
+
+NO WARRANTY
+===========
+
+There is no warranty for the Work. Except when otherwise stated in
+writing, the Copyright Holder provides the Work `as is', without
+warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied, including, but not
+limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a
+particular purpose. The entire risk as to the quality and performance
+of the Work is with you. Should the Work prove defective, you assume
+the cost of all necessary servicing, repair, or correction.
+
+In no event unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing
+will The Copyright Holder, or any author named in the components of the
+Work, or any other party who may distribute and/or modify the Work as
+permitted above, be liable to you for damages, including any general,
+special, incidental or consequential damages arising out of any use of
+the Work or out of inability to use the Work (including, but not limited
+to, loss of data, data being rendered inaccurate, or losses sustained by
+anyone as a result of any failure of the Work to operate with any other
+programs), even if the Copyright Holder or said author or said other
+party has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
+
+
+MAINTENANCE OF THE WORK
+=======================
+
+The Work has the status `author-maintained' if the Copyright Holder
+explicitly and prominently states near the primary copyright notice in
+the Work that the Work can only be maintained by the Copyright Holder
+or simply that it is `author-maintained'.
+
+The Work has the status `maintained' if there is a Current Maintainer
+who has indicated in the Work that they are willing to receive error
+reports for the Work (for example, by supplying a valid e-mail
+address). It is not required for the Current Maintainer to acknowledge
+or act upon these error reports.
+
+The Work changes from status `maintained' to `unmaintained' if there
+is no Current Maintainer, or the person stated to be Current
+Maintainer of the work cannot be reached through the indicated means
+of communication for a period of six months, and there are no other
+significant signs of active maintenance.
+
+You can become the Current Maintainer of the Work by agreement with
+any existing Current Maintainer to take over this role.
+
+If the Work is unmaintained, you can become the Current Maintainer of
+the Work through the following steps:
+
+ 1. Make a reasonable attempt to trace the Current Maintainer (and
+ the Copyright Holder, if the two differ) through the means of
+ an Internet or similar search.
+
+ 2. If this search is successful, then enquire whether the Work
+ is still maintained.
+
+ a. If it is being maintained, then ask the Current Maintainer
+ to update their communication data within one month.
+
+ b. If the search is unsuccessful or no action to resume active
+ maintenance is taken by the Current Maintainer, then announce
+ within the pertinent community your intention to take over
+ maintenance. (If the Work is a LaTeX work, this could be
+ done, for example, by posting to comp.text.tex.)
+
+ 3a. If the Current Maintainer is reachable and agrees to pass
+ maintenance of the Work to you, then this takes effect
+ immediately upon announcement.
+
+ b. If the Current Maintainer is not reachable and the Copyright
+ Holder agrees that maintenance of the Work be passed to you,
+ then this takes effect immediately upon announcement.
+
+ 4. If you make an `intention announcement' as described in 2b. above
+ and after three months your intention is challenged neither by
+ the Current Maintainer nor by the Copyright Holder nor by other
+ people, then you may arrange for the Work to be changed so as
+ to name you as the (new) Current Maintainer.
+
+ 5. If the previously unreachable Current Maintainer becomes
+ reachable once more within three months of a change completed
+ under the terms of 3b) or 4), then that Current Maintainer must
+ become or remain the Current Maintainer upon request provided
+ they then update their communication data within one month.
+
+A change in the Current Maintainer does not, of itself, alter the fact
+that the Work is distributed under the LPPL license.
+
+If you become the Current Maintainer of the Work, you should
+immediately provide, within the Work, a prominent and unambiguous
+statement of your status as Current Maintainer. You should also
+announce your new status to the same pertinent community as
+in 2b) above.
+
+
+WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE WORKS UNDER THIS LICENSE
+======================================================
+
+This section contains important instructions, examples, and
+recommendations for authors who are considering distributing their
+works under this license. These authors are addressed as `you' in
+this section.
+
+Choosing This License or Another License
+----------------------------------------
+
+If for any part of your work you want or need to use *distribution*
+conditions that differ significantly from those in this license, then
+do not refer to this license anywhere in your work but, instead,
+distribute your work under a different license. You may use the text
+of this license as a model for your own license, but your license
+should not refer to the LPPL or otherwise give the impression that
+your work is distributed under the LPPL.
+
+The document `modguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution explains
+the motivation behind the conditions of this license. It explains,
+for example, why distributing LaTeX under the GNU General Public
+License (GPL) was considered inappropriate. Even if your work is
+unrelated to LaTeX, the discussion in `modguide.tex' may still be
+relevant, and authors intending to distribute their works under any
+license are encouraged to read it.
+
+A Recommendation on Modification Without Distribution
+-----------------------------------------------------
+
+It is wise never to modify a component of the Work, even for your own
+personal use, without also meeting the above conditions for
+distributing the modified component. While you might intend that such
+modifications will never be distributed, often this will happen by
+accident -- you may forget that you have modified that component; or
+it may not occur to you when allowing others to access the modified
+version that you are thus distributing it and violating the conditions
+of this license in ways that could have legal implications and, worse,
+cause problems for the community. It is therefore usually in your
+best interest to keep your copy of the Work identical with the public
+one. Many works provide ways to control the behavior of that work
+without altering any of its licensed components.
+
+How to Use This License
+-----------------------
+
+To use this license, place in each of the components of your work both
+an explicit copyright notice including your name and the year the work
+was authored and/or last substantially modified. Include also a
+statement that the distribution and/or modification of that
+component is constrained by the conditions in this license.
+
+Here is an example of such a notice and statement:
+
+ %% pig.dtx
+ %% Copyright 2005 M. Y. Name
+ %
+ % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+ % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+ % of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+ % The latest version of this license is in
+ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+ % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+ % version 2005/12/01 or later.
+ %
+ % This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+ %
+ % The Current Maintainer of this work is M. Y. Name.
+ %
+ % This work consists of the files pig.dtx and pig.ins
+ % and the derived file pig.sty.
+
+Given such a notice and statement in a file, the conditions
+given in this license document would apply, with the `Work' referring
+to the three files `pig.dtx', `pig.ins', and `pig.sty' (the last being
+generated from `pig.dtx' using `pig.ins'), the `Base Interpreter'
+referring to any `LaTeX-Format', and both `Copyright Holder' and
+`Current Maintainer' referring to the person `M. Y. Name'.
+
+If you do not want the Maintenance section of LPPL to apply to your
+Work, change `maintained' above into `author-maintained'.
+However, we recommend that you use `maintained', as the Maintenance
+section was added in order to ensure that your Work remains useful to
+the community even when you can no longer maintain and support it
+yourself.
+
+Derived Works That Are Not Replacements
+---------------------------------------
+
+Several clauses of the LPPL specify means to provide reliability and
+stability for the user community. They therefore concern themselves
+with the case that a Derived Work is intended to be used as a
+(compatible or incompatible) replacement of the original Work. If
+this is not the case (e.g., if a few lines of code are reused for a
+completely different task), then clauses 6b and 6d shall not apply.
+
+
+Important Recommendations
+-------------------------
+
+ Defining What Constitutes the Work
+
+ The LPPL requires that distributions of the Work contain all the
+ files of the Work. It is therefore important that you provide a
+ way for the licensee to determine which files constitute the Work.
+ This could, for example, be achieved by explicitly listing all the
+ files of the Work near the copyright notice of each file or by
+ using a line such as:
+
+ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
+
+ in that place. In the absence of an unequivocal list it might be
+ impossible for the licensee to determine what is considered by you
+ to comprise the Work and, in such a case, the licensee would be
+ entitled to make reasonable conjectures as to which files comprise
+ the Work.
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/README.md b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..aa93fc8eb2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,26 @@
+<!-- Author: Dongsheng Deng -->
+<!-- Email: ddswhu@outlook.com -->
+
+# ElegantNote
+
+[Homepage](https://elegantlatex.org/) | [Github](https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantNote) | [CTAN](https://ctan.org/pkg/elegantnote) | [Download](https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantNote/releases) | [Wiki](https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantNote/wiki) | [Weibo](https://weibo.com/elegantlatex)
+
+![License](https://img.shields.io/ctan/l/elegantnote.svg)
+![CTAN Version](https://img.shields.io/ctan/v/elegantnote.svg)
+![Github Version](https://img.shields.io/github/release/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantNote.svg)
+![Repo Size](https://img.shields.io/github/repo-size/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantNote.svg)
+
+ElegantNote is designed for Notes. Just enjoy it! If you have any questions, suggestions or bug reports, you can create issues, pull requests or email us at elegantlatex2e@gmail.com.
+
+设计 ElegantNote 是为了方便记录笔记和阅读笔记。如果你有其他问题、建议或者报告 bug,可以提交 issues 或者给我们发邮件:elegantlatex2e@gmail.com。最近我们新建了一个 QQ 用户交流群(Q 群:692108391),欢迎加入。
+
+
+**Caution: This template will no longer be maintained since January 1st, 2023.**
+
+**注意:本模板自 2023 年 1 月 1 日开始,不再维护,不建议使用本系列模板!**
+
+# License
+
+This work is released under the LaTeX Project Public License, v1.3c or later.
+
+本模板发布遵循 LaTeX 项目公共许可证 1.3 c 或更高版本。
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/elegantnote-cn.pdf b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/elegantnote-cn.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8bf2257791
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/elegantnote-cn.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/elegantnote-cn.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/elegantnote-cn.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..92f891971c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/elegantnote-cn.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
+%!TEX program = xelatex
+\documentclass[cn,hazy,blue,14pt,screen]{elegantnote}
+\title{ElegantNote:一个优美的 \LaTeX{} 笔记模板}
+
+\author{作者}
+\institute{Elegant\LaTeX{} Program}
+
+\version{2.50}
+\date{\zhdate{2022/12/31}}
+
+\usepackage{array}
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\centerline{
+ \includegraphics[width=0.2\textwidth]{logo-blue.png}
+}
+
+\section{ElegantNote 使用说明}
+
+\textbf{\textcolor{red}{本模板自 2023 年 1 月 1 日开始,不再维护,不建议使用本系列模板!为了保证之前版本的用户仍然能查到说明文档,本说明文档仍然保留过去的信息。}}
+
+新版 ElegantNote 是基于标准的 \LaTeX{} 文类 article 重新设计的,格式更加简化的笔记模板!本模板支持两种编译方式,\hologo{pdfLaTeX} 和 \hologo{XeLaTeX},英文模式下请使用 \hologo{pdfLaTeX} 进行编译,中文模式下务必使用 \hologo{XeLaTeX}。
+
+新模板有下面几个特性:
+
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item 纸张模式:护眼模式(geye)和朦胧模式(hazy);
+ \item 适配不同设备,包括 Pad(默认),Screen(幻灯片),Kindle,PC(双页),通用(A4 纸张);
+ \item 5 套颜色主题,分别是:\textcolor{eblue}{blue}(默认)、\textcolor{egreen}{green}、\textcolor{ecyan}{cyan}、 \textcolor{sakura}{sakura} 和 \textcolor{black}{black};
+ \item 语言支持:中文(默认),英文;
+ \item 支持 \hologo{pdfLaTeX} 和 \hologo{XeLaTeX} 编译;
+ \item 更加美观的图表标题格式,列表环境,数学字体等;
+ \item 全局字体大小支持:8pt, 9pt, 10pt, 11pt, 12pt, 14pt, 17pt, 和 20pt;
+ \item 支持 \lstinline{newtx} 以及 \lstinline{mtpro2} 数学字体设置;
+ \item 中文字体支持方正字体或者自定义字体;
+ \item 英文模式通过 \lstinline{bibstyle} 选项(默认为 \lstinline{apalike})支持参考文献格式修改;
+ \item 支持参考格式显示格式修改 \lstinline{cite} 可选为 \lstinline{authoryear}、\lstinline{numbers} (默认)和 \lstinline{super}。
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsection{模板模式}
+
+本模板增加了模式选项,分别有护眼模式(\lstinline{mode=geye})和朦胧模式(\lstinline{mode=hazy})。其中护眼模式设置纸张底色为绿豆沙颜色,而朦胧模式为淡蓝色,开启的方法如下:
+\begin{lstlisting}[frame=none]
+ \documentclass[geye]{elegantnote} % or
+ \documentclass[mode=geye]{elegantnote}
+ \documentclass[hazy]{elegantnote} % or
+ \documentclass[mode=hazy]{elegantnote}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{remark}
+ 如果你想为自己的文档添加底色,可以在导言区添加下面设置:
+ \begin{lstlisting}
+ \definecolor{geyecolor}{RGB}{199,237,204}
+ \pagecolor{geyecolor}
+ \end{lstlisting}
+\end{remark}
+
+
+\subsection{设备选择}
+
+为了让笔记方便在不同设备上阅读,免去切边,缩放等操作,本模板适配不同的设备,分别为 Pad(默认),Kindle,PC,A4。
+
+\textcolor{red}{\kaishu 新增}:为了方便展示笔记,2.20 版本新增了 \lstinline{device=screen} 设备选项,大小为 MS Powerpoint 的纸张大小,比例为 4:3(2019/12/06)。
+
+不同屏幕的选择为
+\begin{lstlisting}[frame=none]
+ \documentclass[device=pad]{elegantnote} % ipad screen size
+ \documentclass[device=kindle]{elegantnote} % kindle screen size
+ \documentclass[device=pc]{elegantnote} % double pages for pc
+ \documentclass[device=normal]{elegantnote} % a4 normal page
+ \documentclass[device=screen]{elegantnote} % 4:3 PPT size
+\end{lstlisting}
+\begin{note}
+也可以采取直接赋值的方法选择屏幕,比如:
+\end{note}
+\begin{lstlisting}[frame=none]
+ \documentclass[pad]{elegantnote}
+ \documentclass[kindle]{elegantnote}
+ \documentclass[pc]{elegantnote}
+ \documentclass[normal]{elegantnote}
+ \documentclass[screen]{elegantnote}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{note}
+ 如果想要正常的 A4 大小的 PDF,需要选择 \lstinline{device=normal}。
+\end{note}
+
+
+\subsection{数学字体选项}
+
+本模板定义了一个数学字体选项(\lstinline{math}),可选项有三个:
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item \lstinline{math=cm}(默认),使用 \LaTeX{} 默认数学字体(推荐,无需声明);
+ \item \lstinline{math=newtx},使用 \lstinline{newtxmath} 设置数学字体(潜在问题比较多)。
+ \item \lstinline{math=mtpro2},使用 \lstinline{mtpro2} 宏包设置数学字体,要求用户已经成功安装此宏包。
+\end{enumerate}
+
+
+\subsection{中文字体选项}
+模板提供中文字体选项 \lstinline{chinesefont},可选项有
+\begin{enumerate}
+\item \lstinline{ctexfont}:默认选项,使用 \lstinline{ctex} 宏包根据系统自行选择字体,可能存在字体缺失的问题,更多内容参考 \lstinline{ctex} 宏包\href{https://ctan.org/pkg/ctex}{官方文档}\footnote{可以使用命令提示符,输入 \lstinline{texdoc ctex} 调出本地 \lstinline{ctex} 宏包文档}。
+\item \lstinline{founder}:方正字体选项(需要用户安装字体),调用 \lstinline{ctex} 宏包并且使用 \lstinline{fontset=none} 选项,然后设置字体为方正四款免费字体,方正字体下载注意事项见后文。
+\item \lstinline{nofont}:调用 \lstinline{ctex} 宏包并且使用 \lstinline{fontset=none} 选项,不设定中文字体,用户可以自行设置中文字体,具体见后文。
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\noindent \textbf{注意:} 使用 \lstinline{founder} 选项或者 \lstinline{nofont} 时,必须使用 \hologo{XeLaTeX} 进行编译。
+
+\subsubsection{方正字体选项}
+由于使用 \lstinline{ctex} 宏包默认调用系统已有的字体,部分系统字体缺失严重,因此,用户希望能够使用其它字体,我们推荐使用方正字体。方正的{\songti 方正书宋}、{\heiti 方正黑体}、{\kaishu 方正楷体}、{\fangsong 方正仿宋}四款字体均可免费试用,且可用于商业用途。用户可以自行从\href{http://www.foundertype.com/}{方正字体官网}下载此四款字体,在下载的时候请\textbf{务必}注意选择 GBK 字符集,也可以使用 \href{https://www.latexstudio.net/}{\LaTeX{} 工作室}提供的\href{https://pan.baidu.com/s/1BgbQM7LoinY7m8yeP25Y7Q}{方正字体,提取码为:njy9} 进行安装。安装时,{\kaishu Win 10 用户请右键选择为全部用户安装,否则会找不到字体。}
+
+\begin{figure}[!htb]
+\centering
+\includegraphics[width=0.9\textwidth]{founder.png}
+\end{figure}
+
+\subsubsection{其他中文字体}
+如果你想完全自定义字体\footnote{这里仍然以方正字体为例。},你可以选择 \lstinline{chinesefont=nofont},然后在导言区设置,参考代码如下:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+ \setCJKmainfont[BoldFont={FZHei-B01},ItalicFont={FZKai-Z03}]{FZShuSong-Z01}
+ \setCJKsansfont[BoldFont={FZHei-B01}]{FZKai-Z03}
+ \setCJKmonofont[BoldFont={FZHei-B01}]{FZFangSong-Z02}
+ \setCJKfamilyfont{zhsong}{FZShuSong-Z01}
+ \setCJKfamilyfont{zhhei}{FZHei-B01}
+ \setCJKfamilyfont{zhkai}[BoldFont={FZHei-B01}]{FZKai-Z03}
+ \setCJKfamilyfont{zhfs}[BoldFont={FZHei-B01}]{FZFangSong-Z02}
+ \newcommand*{\songti}{\CJKfamily{zhsong}}
+ \newcommand*{\heiti}{\CJKfamily{zhhei}}
+ \newcommand*{\kaishu}{\CJKfamily{zhkai}}
+ \newcommand*{\fangsong}{\CJKfamily{zhfs}}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+
+\subsection[颜色主题]{颜色主题\footnote{测试章节脚注。}}
+
+本模板内置 5 套颜色主题,分别是 \textcolor{eblue}{blue}(默认),\textcolor{egreen}{green}, \textcolor{ecyan}{cyan}, \textcolor{sakura}{sakura} 和 \textcolor{black}{black}。如果不需要颜色,可以选择黑色(black)主题。颜色主题的设置方法:
+\begin{lstlisting}[frame=none]
+ \documentclass[green]{elegantnote}
+ \documentclass[color=green]{elegantnote}
+ ...
+ \documentclass[black]{elegantnote}
+ \documentclass[color=black]{elegantnote}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+
+\subsection{语言模式}
+
+本模板内含两套语言环境,改变语言环境会改变图表标题的引导词(图,表),文章结构词(比如目录,参考文献等),以及定理环境中的引导词(比如定理,引理等)。不同语言模式的启用如下:
+\begin{lstlisting}[frame=none]
+ \documentclass[cn]{elegantnote}
+ \documentclass[lang=cn]{elegantnote}
+ \documentclass[en]{elegantnote}
+ \documentclass[lang=en]{elegantnote}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{note}
+只有中文模式才可输入中文,如果需要在英文模式下输入中文,可以自行添加 \lstinline{ctex} 宏包\footnote{需要使用 \lstinline{scheme=plain} 选项才不会把标题改为中文。}或者使用 \lstinline{xeCJK} 宏包设置字体。另外如果在笔记中使用了抄录环境(\lstinline{lstlisting}),并且里面有中文字符,请务必使用 \hologo{XeLaTeX} 编译。
+\end{note}
+
+
+\subsection{定理类环境}
+
+此模板采用了 \lstinline{amsthm} 中的定理样式,使用了 4 类定理样式,所包含的环境分别为
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item \textbf{定理类}:theorem,lemma,proposition,corollary;
+ \item \textbf{定义类}:definition,conjecture,example;
+ \item \textbf{备注类}:remark,note,case;
+ \item \textbf{证明类}:proof。
+\end{itemize}
+
+\begin{remark}
+在选用 \lstinline{lang=cn} 时,定理类环境的引导词全部会改为中文。
+\end{remark}
+
+
+\section{写作示例}
+
+我们将通过三个步骤定义可测函数的积分。首先定义非负简单函数的积分。以下设 $E$ 是 $\mathcal{R}^n$ 中的可测集。
+
+\begin{definition}[可积性]
+设 $ f(x)=\sum\limits_{i=1}^{k} a_i \chi_{A_i}(x)$ 是 $E$ 上的非负简单函数,其中 $\{A_1,A_2,\ldots$, $A_k\}$ 是 $E$ 上的一个可测分割,$a_1,a_2,\ldots,a_k$ 是非负实数。定义 $f$ 在 $E$ 上的积分为 1. 3
+\begin{equation}
+ \label{inter}
+ \int_{E} f dx = \sum_{i=1}^k a_i m(A_i).
+\end{equation}
+一般情况下 $0 \leq \int_{E} f dx \leq \infty$。若 $\int_{E} f dx < \infty$,则称 $f$ 在 $E$ 上可积。
+\end{definition}
+
+一个自然的问题是,Lebesgue 积分与我们所熟悉的 Riemann 积分有什么联系和区别?之后我们将详细讨论 Riemann 积分与 Lebesgue 积分的关系。这里只看一个简单的例子。设 $D(x)$ 是区间 $[0,1]$ 上的 Dirichlet 函数。即 $D(x)=\chi_{Q_0}(x)$,其中 $Q_0$ 表示 $[0,1]$ 中的有理数的全体。根据非负简单函数积分的定义,$D(x)$ 在 $[0,1]$ 上的 Lebesgue 积分为
+\begin{equation}\label{inter2}
+ \int_0^1 D(x)dx = \int_0^1 \chi_{Q_0} (x) dx = m(Q_0) = 0
+\end{equation}
+即 $D(x)$ 在 $[0,1]$ 上是 Lebesgue 可积的并且积分值为零。但 $D(x)$ 在 $[0,1]$ 上不是 Riemann 可积的。
+
+\begin{table}[htbp]
+ \centering
+ \small
+ \caption{燃油效率与汽车价格}
+ \begin{tabular}{lcc}
+ \toprule
+ & (1) & (2) \\
+ \midrule
+ 燃油效率 & -238.90*** & -49.51 \\
+ & (53.08) & (86.16) \\
+ 汽车重量 & & 1.75*** \\
+ & & (0.641) \\
+ 常数项 & 11253.00*** & 1946.00 \\
+ & (1171.00) & (3597.00) \\
+ 观测数 & 74 & 74 \\
+ $R^2$ & 0.220 & 0.293 \\
+ \bottomrule
+ \end{tabular}%
+ \label{tab:reg}%
+\end{table}%
+
+\begin{theorem}[Fubini 定理]\label{thm:fubi}
+若 $f(x,y)$ 是 $\mathcal{R}^p\times\mathcal{R}^q$ 上的非负可测函数,则对几乎处处的 $x\in \mathcal{R}^p$,$f(x,y)$ 作为 $y$ 的函数是 $\mathcal{R}^q$ 上的非负可测函数,$g(x)=\int_{\mathcal{R}^q}f(x,y) dy$ 是 $\mathcal{R}^p$ 上的非负可测函数。并且
+\begin{equation}\label{eq:461}
+ \int_{\mathcal{R}^p\times\mathcal{R}^q} f(x,y) dxdy=\int_{\mathcal{R}^p}\left(\int_{\mathcal{R}^q}f(x,y)dy\right)dx.
+\end{equation}
+\end{theorem}
+
+\begin{proof}
+Let $z$ be some element of $xH \cap yH$. Then $z = xa$ for some $a \in H$, and $z = yb$ for some $b \in H$. If $h$ is any element of $H$ then $ah \in H$ and $a^{-1}h \in H$, since $H$ is a subgroup of $G$. But $zh = x(ah)$ and $xh = z(a^{-1}h)$ for all $h \in H$. Therefore $zH \subset xH$ and $xH \subset zH$, and thus $xH = zH$. Similarly $yH = zH$, and thus $xH = yH$, as required.
+\end{proof}
+
+
+回归分析(regression analysis) 是确定两种或两种以上变量间相互依赖的定量关系的一种统计分析方法。根据定理~\ref{thm:fubi},其运用十分广泛,回归分析按照涉及的变量的多少,分为一元回归和多元回归分析;按照因变量的多少,可分为简单回归分析和多重回归分析;按照自变量和因变量之间的关系类型,可分为线性回归分析和非线性回归分析。
+
+
+\section{致谢}
+
+特别感谢 \href{https://github.com/sikouhjw}{sikouhjw} 和 \href{https://github.com/syvshc}{syvshc} 长期以来对于 Github 上 issue 的快速回应,以及各个社区论坛对于 Elegant\LaTeX{} 相关问题的回复。特别感谢 China\TeX{} 以及 \href{http://www.latexstudio.net/}{\LaTeX{} 工作室} 对于本系列模板的宣传与推广。
+
+如果你喜欢我们的模板,你可以在 Github 上收藏我们的模板。
+
+\section{常见问题 FAQ}
+
+\begin{enumerate}[label=\arabic*).]
+ \item \textit{如何删除版本信息?}\\
+ 导言区不写 \lstinline|\version{x.xx}| 即可。
+ \item \textit{如何删除日期?}\\
+ 与版本 \lstinline{\version} 不同的是,导言区不写或注释 \lstinline{\date} 的话,仍然会打印出当日日期,原因是 \lstinline{\date} 有默认参数。如果不需要日期的话,日期可以留空即可,也即 \lstinline|\date{}|。
+ \item \textit{如何获得中文日期?}\\
+ 为了获得中文日期,必须在中文模式下,使用 \lstinline|\date{\zhdate{2019/12/09}}|,如果需要当天的汉化日期,可以使用 \lstinline|\date{\zhtoday}|,这两个命令都来源于 \href{https://ctan.org/pkg/zhnumber}{\lstinline{zhnumber}} 宏包。
+ \item \textit{如何添加多个作者?}\\
+ 在 \lstinline{\author} 里面使用 \lstinline{\and},作者单位可以用 \lstinline{\\} 换行。
+ \begin{lstlisting}
+ \author{author 1\\ org. 1 \and author 2 \\ org. 2 }
+ \end{lstlisting}
+\end{enumerate}
+
+%\printbibliography[heading=bibintoc, title=\ebibname]
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/elegantnote-en.pdf b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/elegantnote-en.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7f5f18c5f4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/elegantnote-en.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/elegantnote-en.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/elegantnote-en.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..8b61d99b15
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/elegantnote-en.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,233 @@
+\documentclass[en,hazy,blue,screen,14pt]{elegantnote}
+
+\title{ElegantNote: An Elegant \LaTeX{} Template for Notes}
+
+\author{Author}
+\institute{Elegant\LaTeX{} Program}
+
+\version{2.50}
+\date{Dec. 31, 2022}
+
+\begin{document}
+\maketitle
+% logo
+\centerline{\includegraphics[width=0.2\textwidth]{logo-blue}}
+
+\section{ElegantNote Instructions}
+\thispagestyle{empty}
+\textcolor{red}{\bfseries Caution: This template will no longer be maintained since January 1st, 2023.}
+
+
+The brand new ElegantNote is redesigned on the basis of \LaTeX{} article, a more elegant note template! You can use either \hologo{pdfLaTeX} or \hologo{XeLaTeX} to compile. It is recommended that \hologo{pdfLaTeX} be used for notes in English while \hologo{XeLaTeX} be used for notes in Chinese.
+
+
+The new template has the following features:
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item two modes: good for eye mode (geye) and hazy mode;
+ \item different devices: Pad (default), Screen(beamer size), Kindle, PC (double-page) and normal (A4);
+ \item 5 color themes: \textcolor{eblue}{blue} (default), \textcolor{egreen}{green}, \textcolor{ecyan}{cyan}, \textcolor{sakura}{sakura} and \textcolor{black}{black};
+ \item languages support: Chinese (default), English;
+ \item support \hologo{pdfLaTeX} and \hologo{XeLaTeX};
+ \item prettier captions, list environments, and unified fonts;
+ \item custmized global font size: 8pt, 9pt, 10pt, 11pt, 12pt, 14pt, 17pt and 20pt;
+ \item support for math font options for \lstinline{newtx} and \lstinline{mtpro2};
+ \item with the option of \lstinline{bibstyle} (default: apalike) for changing style of bibliography;
+ \item change the citation style with \lstinline{cite} option: \lstinline{authoryear}, \lstinline{numbers} and \lstinline{super}.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\subsection{Optional Modes}
+
+This template provides optional modes: good for eye mode (geye) and hazy mode, while the paper color is green for the former and light blue for the latter. you can use the following code to activate the desired mode:
+\begin{lstlisting}[frame=none]
+ \documentclass[geye]{elegantnote} % or
+ \documentclass[mode=geye]{elegantnote}
+ \documentclass[hazy]{elegantnote} % or
+ \documentclass[mode=hazy]{elegantnote}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{remark}
+ If you are expected to customize background, use:
+ \begin{lstlisting}
+ \definecolor{geyecolor}{RGB}{199,237,204}
+ \pagecolor{geyecolor}
+ \end{lstlisting}
+\end{remark}
+
+
+\subsection{Device Options}
+
+To make the notes more comfortable to read, we designed four output options (of different sizes) that correspond to different reading devices: Pad (default), Kindle, PC and A4paper.
+
+\textcolor{red}{New}: For the convenience of notes presentation, version 2.20 offers a new option for device, i.e. \lstinline{device=screen}, which is similar to the size of MS Powerpoint with ratio aspect of 4:3 (2019/12/06).
+
+The options of output for different devices are
+\begin{lstlisting}[frame=none]
+ \documentclass[device=pad]{elegantnote} % ipad screen size
+ \documentclass[device=kindle]{elegantnote} % kindle screen size
+ \documentclass[device=pc]{elegantnote} % double pages for pc
+ \documentclass[device=normal]{elegantnote} % a4 normal page
+ \documentclass[device=screen]{elegantnote} % 4:3 PPT size
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{note}
+You can also select the device by using a direct assignment method, such as:
+\end{note}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}[frame=none]
+ \documentclass[pad]{elegantnote}
+ \documentclass[kindle]{elegantnote}
+ \documentclass[pc]{elegantnote}
+ \documentclass[normal]{elegantnote}
+ \documentclass[screen]{elegantnote}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{note}
+To get a normal A4paper size PDF, please select \lstinline{device=normal}.
+\end{note}
+
+\subsection{Math Fonts}
+
+This template defines a new option (\lstinline{math}), with three options:
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item \lstinline{math=cm} (default), use \LaTeX{} default math font (recommended).
+ \item \lstinline{math=newtx}, use \lstinline{newtxmath} math font (may bring about bugs).
+ \item \lstinline{math=mtpro2}, use \lstinline{mtpro2} package to set math font.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+
+\subsection[Color Themes]{Color Themes\footnote{Test for chapter footnote.}}
+
+This template contains 5 color themes, \textcolor{egreen}{green}, \textcolor{ecyan}{cyan}, \textcolor{eblue}{blue}(default), \textcolor{sakura}{sakura} and \textcolor{black}{black}. If you don't need color, you can choose black theme. The color theme is enabled in the same way as before:
+\begin{lstlisting}[frame=none]
+ \documentclass[green]{elegantnote}
+ \documentclass[color=green]{elegantnote}
+ ....
+ \documentclass[black]{elegantnote}
+ \documentclass[color=black]{elegantnote}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+
+\subsection{Languages}
+
+This template contains two sets of language environments, changing the language environment will change the title of table/figure (figure, table), article structure words (such as the table of contents, references, etc.), and the environment Introductory words (such as Theorem, Lemma, etc.). The different language modes are enabled as follows:
+\begin{lstlisting}[frame=none]
+ \documentclass[cn]{elegantnote}
+ \documentclass[lang=cn]{elegantnote}
+ \documentclass[en]{elegantnote}
+ \documentclass[lang=en]{elegantnote}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\begin{note}
+Chinese characters are allowed in Chinese mode only. To type in Chinese characters in English mode, please include \lstinline{ctex}\footnote{Please use \lstinline{scheme=plain} to retain headlines in English.} or \lstinline{xeCJK} package.
+\end{note}
+
+
+\subsection{Theorem Class Environments}
+
+This template used the \lstinline{amsthm} to create theorems, there are 4 types of theorem environments
+\begin{itemize}
+ \item \textbf{Theorem-Class}: theorem, lemma, proposition, corollary;
+ \item \textbf{Definition-Class}: definition, conjecture, example;
+ \item \textbf{Remark-Class}: remark, note, case;
+ \item \textbf{Proof-Class}: proof.
+\end{itemize}
+
+\begin{remark}
+With the option \lstinline{lang=cn} , the introductory words of the theorem class environments will be changed to Chinese.
+\end{remark}
+
+
+\section{Writing Sample}
+
+We will define the integral of a measurable function in three steps. First, we define the integral of a nonnegative simple function. Let $E$ be the measurable set in $\mathcal{R}^N$.
+
+% source: https://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Theorems.html
+
+\begin{definition}[Left Coset]
+Let $H$ be a subgroup of a group~$G$. A \emph{left coset} of $H$ in $G$ is a subset of $G$ that is of the form $xH$, where $x \in G$ and $xH = \{ xh : h \in H \}$. Similarly a \emph{right coset} of $H$ in $G$ is a subset of $G$ that is of the form $Hx$, where $Hx = \{ hx : h \in H \}$
+\end{definition}
+
+Note that a subgroup~$H$ of a group $G$ is itself a left coset of $H$ in $G$.
+
+\begin{lemma}[Size Of Left Coset]
+Let $H$ be a finite subgroup of a group $G$. Then each left
+coset of $H$ in $G$ has the same number of elements as $H$.
+\end{lemma}
+
+\begin{theorem}[Lagrange's Theorem]
+Let $G$ be a finite group, and let $H$ be a subgroup
+of $G$. Then the order of $H$ divides the order of $G$.
+\end{theorem}
+
+\begin{proof}
+Let $z$ be some element of $xH \cap yH$. Then $z = xa$ for some $a \in H$, and $z = yb$ for some $b \in H$. If $h$ is any element of $H$ then $ah \in H$ and $a^{-1}h \in H$, since $H$ is a subgroup of $G$. But $zh = x(ah)$ and $xh = z(a^{-1}h)$ for all $h \in H$. Therefore $zH \subset xH$ and $xH \subset zH$, and thus $xH = zH$. Similarly $yH = zH$, and thus $xH = yH$, as required.
+\end{proof}
+
+\begin{figure}[!htbp]
+ \centering
+ \includegraphics[width=0.6\textwidth]{scatter.pdf}
+ \caption{Matplotlib: Scatter Plot Example\label{fig:mpg}}
+\end{figure}
+
+Regression analysis is a powerful statistical method that allows you to examine the relationship between two or more variables of interest. While there are many types of regression analysis, at their core they all examine the influence of one or more independent variables on a dependent variable. The process of performing a regression allows you to confidently determine which factors matter most, which factors can be ignored, and how these factors influence each other.
+
+Let's continue using our application training example. In this case, we'd want to measure the historical levels of satisfaction with the events from the past three years or so, as well as any information possible in regards to the independent variables.
+
+\begin{table}[htbp]
+ \small
+ \centering
+ \caption{Auto MPG and Price \label{tab:reg}}
+ \begin{tabular}{lcc}
+ \toprule
+ & (1) & (2) \\
+ \midrule
+ mpg & -238.90*** & -49.51 \\
+ & (53.08) & (86.16) \\
+ weight & & 1.75*** \\
+ & & (0.641) \\
+ constant & 11,253*** & 1,946 \\
+ & (1,171) & (3,597) \\
+ obs & 74 & 74 \\
+ $R^2$ & 0.220 & 0.293 \\
+ \bottomrule
+ \multicolumn{3}{l}{\scriptsize Standard errors in parentheses} \\
+ \multicolumn{3}{l}{\scriptsize *** $p<0.01$, ** $p<0.05$, * $p<0.1$} \\
+ \end{tabular}%
+\end{table}%
+
+
+\begin{itemize}[noitemsep]
+ \item Routing and resource discovery;
+ \begin{itemize}
+ \item Language Models
+ \item Vector Space Models
+ \end{itemize}
+ \item Resilient and scalable computer networks;
+ \item Distributed storage and search.
+\end{itemize}
+
+
+\section{Acknowledgement}
+
+Thank \href{https://github.com/sikouhjw}{sikouhjw} and \href{https://github.com/syvshc}{syvshc} for their quick response to Github issues and continuously support work for Elegant\LaTeX{}. Thank China\TeX{} and \href{http://www.latexstudio.net/}{LaTeX Studio} for their promotion.
+
+
+\section{FAQ}
+
+\begin{enumerate}[label=\arabic*).]
+ \item \textit{How to remove the information of version?}\\
+ Please comment \lstinline|\version{x.xx}|.
+ \item \textit{How to remove the information of date?}\\
+ Please type in \lstinline|\date{}|.
+ \item \textit{How to add several authors?}\\
+ Use \lstinline{\and} in \lstinline{\author} and use \lstinline{\\} to start a new line.
+ \begin{lstlisting}
+ \author{author 1\\ org. 1 \and author 2 \\ org. 2 }
+ \end{lstlisting}
+\end{enumerate}
+
+
+%\printbibliography[heading=bibintoc, title=\ebibname]
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/elegantnote.cls b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/elegantnote.cls
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..4dc70b15d4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/elegantnote.cls
@@ -0,0 +1,588 @@
+% Author: Dongsheng Deng
+% Homepage: https://ddswhu.me/
+% Email: elegantlatex2e@gmail.com
+% Lastest Version: https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantNote
+
+% --- Class structure: identification part
+\ProvidesClass{elegantnote}[2022/12/31 ElegantNote v2.50 class]
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+
+
+\RequirePackage{kvoptions}
+\RequirePackage{etoolbox}
+\RequirePackage{calc}
+
+\SetupKeyvalOptions{family=ELEGANT,prefix=ELEGANT@,setkeys=\kvsetkeys}
+\newcommand{\ekv}[1]{\kvsetkeys{ELEGANT}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareStringOption[blue]{color}
+\DeclareVoidOption{green}{\ekv{color=green}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{cyan}{\ekv{color=cyan}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{blue}{\ekv{color=blue}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{sakura}{\ekv{color=sakura}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{black}{\ekv{color=black}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{brown}{\ekv{color=brown}}
+
+\DeclareStringOption[pad]{device}
+\DeclareVoidOption{pc}{\ekv{device=pc}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{pad}{\ekv{device=pad}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{kindle}{\ekv{device=kindle}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{normal}{\ekv{device=normal}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{screen}{\ekv{device=screen}}
+
+\DeclareStringOption[cn]{lang}
+\DeclareVoidOption{cn}{\ekv{lang=cn}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{en}{\ekv{lang=en}}
+
+\DeclareStringOption{mode}
+\DeclareVoidOption{geye}{\ekv{mode=geye}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{hazy}{\ekv{mode=hazy}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{sepia}{\ekv{mode=sepia}}
+
+\DeclareStringOption[ctexfont]{chinesefont}
+\DeclareVoidOption{ctexfont}{\ekv{chinesefont=ctexfont}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{founder}{\ekv{chinesefont=founder}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{nofont}{\ekv{chinesefont=nofont}}
+
+\DeclareStringOption[numeric-comp]{citestyle}
+\DeclareStringOption[numeric]{bibstyle}
+
+\DeclareStringOption[biber]{bibend}
+\DeclareVoidOption{biber}{\ekv{bibend=biber}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{bibtex}{\ekv{bibend=bibtex}}
+
+
+\DeclareStringOption[11pt]{fontsize}
+\DeclareVoidOption{10pt}{\ekv{fontsize=10pt}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{11pt}{\ekv{fontsize=11pt}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{12pt}{\ekv{fontsize=12pt}}
+
+\DeclareStringOption[cm]{math}
+\DeclareVoidOption{newtx}{\ekv{math=newtx}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{mtpro2}{\ekv{math=mtpro2}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{cm}{\ekv{math=cm}}
+
+\DeclareDefaultOption{
+ \PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}
+ }
+\ProcessKeyvalOptions*\relax
+
+\LoadClass{article}
+
+\PassOptionsToPackage{no-math}{fontspec}
+\PassOptionsToPackage{quiet}{fontspec}
+\RequirePackage{amsmath,amsthm}
+
+\RequirePackage{iftex}
+
+\ifXeTeX
+ \RequirePackage[no-math]{fontspec}
+ \setmainfont{texgyretermes}[
+ UprightFont = *-regular ,
+ BoldFont = *-bold ,
+ ItalicFont = *-italic ,
+ BoldItalicFont = *-bolditalic ,
+ Extension = .otf ,
+ Scale = 1.0]
+
+ \setsansfont{texgyreheros}[
+ UprightFont = *-regular ,
+ BoldFont = *-bold ,
+ ItalicFont = *-italic ,
+ BoldItalicFont = *-bolditalic ,
+ Extension = .otf ,
+ Scale = 0.9]
+\else
+ \RequirePackage{newtxtext}
+ \RequirePackage[scaled=.90]{helvet}
+\fi
+
+
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@lang}{cn}{
+ \ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@chinesefont}{founder}{
+ \RequirePackage[UTF8,scheme=plain,fontset=none]{ctex}
+ \setCJKmainfont[BoldFont={FZHei-B01},ItalicFont={FZKai-Z03}]{FZShuSong-Z01}
+ \setCJKsansfont[BoldFont={FZHei-B01}]{FZKai-Z03}
+ \setCJKmonofont[BoldFont={FZHei-B01}]{FZFangSong-Z02}
+ \setCJKfamilyfont{zhsong}{FZShuSong-Z01}
+ \setCJKfamilyfont{zhhei}{FZHei-B01}
+ \setCJKfamilyfont{zhkai}[BoldFont={FZHei-B01}]{FZKai-Z03}
+ \setCJKfamilyfont{zhfs}[BoldFont={FZHei-B01}]{FZFangSong-Z02}
+ \newcommand*{\songti}{\CJKfamily{zhsong}}
+ \newcommand*{\heiti}{\CJKfamily{zhhei}}
+ \newcommand*{\kaishu}{\CJKfamily{zhkai}}
+ \newcommand*{\fangsong}{\CJKfamily{zhfs}}}{\relax}
+
+ \ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@chinesefont}{nofont}{
+ \RequirePackage[UTF8,scheme=plain,fontset=none]{ctex}}{\relax}
+
+ \ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@chinesefont}{ctexfont}{
+ \RequirePackage[UTF8,scheme=plain]{ctex}}{\relax}
+
+ \AfterEndPreamble{
+ \setlength\parindent{2\ccwd}}
+}{\relax}
+
+\ifcsname kaishu\endcsname
+ \newcommand{\citshape}{\kaishu}
+\else
+ \newcommand{\citshape}{\itshape}
+\fi
+\ifcsname kaishu\endcsname
+ \newcommand{\cnormal}{\kaishu}
+\else
+ \newcommand{\cnormal}{\normalfont}
+\fi
+\ifcsname fangsong\endcsname
+ \newcommand{\cfs}{\fangsong}
+\else
+ \newcommand{\cfs}{\normalfont}
+\fi
+
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@math}{newtx}{
+ \RequirePackage{newtxmath}
+ \let\Bbbk\relax
+ \RequirePackage{esint}
+ %%% use yhmath pkg, uncomment following code
+ % \let\oldwidering\widering
+ % \let\widering\undefined
+ % \RequirePackage{yhmath}
+ % \let\widering\oldwidering
+
+ %%% use esvect pkg, uncomment following code
+ % \RequirePackage{esvect}
+
+ \DeclareSymbolFont{CMlargesymbols}{OMX}{cmex}{m}{n}
+ \let\sumop\relax\let\prodop\relax
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\sumop}{\mathop}{CMlargesymbols}{"50}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\prodop}{\mathop}{CMlargesymbols}{"51}
+}{\relax}
+
+
+\RequirePackage[
+ backend=\ELEGANT@bibend,
+ citestyle=\ELEGANT@citestyle,
+ bibstyle=\ELEGANT@bibstyle]{biblatex}
+
+
+\RequirePackage{appendix}
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@lang}{cn}{%
+ \theoremstyle{plain}% default
+ \newtheorem{theorem}{定理}[section] %
+ \newtheorem{lemma}[theorem]{引理} %
+ \newtheorem{proposition}[theorem]{命题} %
+ \newtheorem*{corollary}{推论} %
+ \theoremstyle{definition} %
+ \newtheorem{definition}{定义}[section] %
+ \newtheorem{conjecture}{猜想}[section] %
+ \newtheorem{example}{例}[section] %
+ \theoremstyle{remark} %
+ \newtheorem*{remark}{\normalfont\bfseries 评论} %
+ \newtheorem*{note}{\normalfont\bfseries 注} %
+ \newtheorem{case}{\normalfont\bfseries 案例} %
+ \renewcommand*{\proofname}{\normalfont\bfseries\color{ecolor}证明} %
+ \renewcommand\contentsname{\color{ecolor}目录}
+ \renewcommand\refname{\color{ecolor}参考文献} %
+ \renewcommand\figurename{图} %
+ \renewcommand\tablename{表}
+ \newcommand\versiontext{版本:}%
+ \newcommand\updatetext{更新:}%
+ \newcommand\ebibname{参考文献}
+ \setlength{\parindent}{2em}
+ \newcommand{\keywords}[1]{%
+ \vskip2ex\par\noindent\normalfont{\bfseries 关键词: } #1}
+ }{\relax}
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@lang}{en}{
+ \theoremstyle{plain}% default
+ \newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}[section] %
+ \newtheorem{lemma}[theorem]{Lemma} %
+ \newtheorem{proposition}[theorem]{Proposition} %
+ \newtheorem*{corollary}{Corollary} %
+ \theoremstyle{definition} %
+ \newtheorem{definition}{Definition}[section] %
+ \newtheorem{conjecture}{Conjecture}[section] %
+ \newtheorem{example}{Example}[section] %
+ \theoremstyle{remark} %
+ \newtheorem*{remark}{Remark} %
+ \newtheorem*{note}{Note} %
+ \newcommand\ebibname{Bibliography}
+ \newtheorem{case}{Case}
+ \renewcommand*{\proofname}{%
+ \normalfont\bfseries\color{ecolor} Proof}
+ \newcommand\versiontext{Version: }%
+ \newcommand\updatetext{Update: }}{\relax}
+
+\RequirePackage{indentfirst}
+\RequirePackage{anyfontsize}
+
+\RequirePackage{graphicx}
+\RequirePackage{booktabs}
+\let\openbox\relax
+
+\RequirePackage{xcolor}
+\definecolor{winered}{rgb}{0.5,0,0}
+\definecolor{epubblue}{RGB}{1,126,218}
+
+\RequirePackage{hyperref}
+\RequirePackage{xpatch}
+\hypersetup{%
+ pdfborder={0 0 0},
+ colorlinks,
+ citecolor=ecolor,
+ filecolor=ecolor,
+ linkcolor=ecolor,
+ urlcolor=ecolor
+}
+
+\RequirePackage{hologo}
+
+% 行距设置
+\linespread{1.3}
+\setlength{\parskip}{3mm}
+\setlength{\parindent}{2em}
+% 定义护眼模式 geye=true
+\RequirePackage{xcolor}
+\RequirePackage{silence}
+
+% good for eye color
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@mode}{geye}{
+ \definecolor{geyecolor}{RGB}{199,237,204}%
+ \pagecolor{geyecolor}
+}{\relax}
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@mode}{hazy}{
+ \definecolor{geyecolor}{RGB}{251,250,248}%
+ \pagecolor{geyecolor}
+}{\relax}
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@mode}{sepia}{
+ \definecolor{geyecolor}{RGB}{250,237,225}%
+ \pagecolor{geyecolor}
+}{\relax}
+
+
+% graphics path
+\graphicspath{
+ {./figure/}
+ {./figures/}
+ {./image/}
+ {./images/}
+ {./graphics/}
+ {./graphic/}
+ {./pictures/}
+ {./picture/}
+}
+
+\let\openbox\relax
+\newtheoremstyle{plain}{\topsep}{\topsep}{\citshape}{}{%
+ \color{ecolor}\bfseries}{}{%
+ 0.5em}{%
+ \thmname{#1}\thmnumber{ #2}\thmnote{ (#3)}}
+
+\newtheoremstyle{definition}{\topsep}{\topsep}{\citshape}{}{%
+ \color{ecolor}\bfseries}{}{%
+ 0.5em}{}
+
+\newtheoremstyle{remark}{\topsep}{\topsep}{\cnormal}{}{
+ \color{ecolor}\bfseries}{}{
+ 0.5em}{}
+
+% caption settings
+\RequirePackage{caption}
+\captionsetup{
+ labelfont={bf,color=ecolor}}
+\captionsetup[table]{skip=3pt}
+\captionsetup[figure]{skip=3pt}
+
+% list/itemize/enumerate setting
+\RequirePackage[shortlabels,inline]{enumitem}
+\setlist{nolistsep}
+
+\RequirePackage[flushmargin,stable]{footmisc}
+\setlength{\footnotesep}{12pt}
+
+\RequirePackage{titlesec}
+\titleformat*{\section}{\normalfont\Large\bfseries\color{ecolor}}
+\titleformat*{\subsection}{\normalfont\large\bfseries\color{ecolor}}
+\titleformat*{\subsubsection}{\normalfont\normalsize\bfseries\color{ecolor}}
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@color}{green}{
+ \definecolor{ecolor}{RGB}{0,120,2}%
+}{\relax}
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@color}{cyan}{
+ \definecolor{ecolor}{RGB}{31,186,190}%
+}{\relax}
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@color}{blue}{
+ \definecolor{ecolor}{RGB}{1,126,218}%
+}{\relax}
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@color}{sakura}{
+ \definecolor{ecolor}{RGB}{255,183,197}%
+}{\relax}
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@color}{black}{
+ \definecolor{ecolor}{RGB}{0,0,0}%
+}{\relax}
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@color}{brown}{
+ \definecolor{ecolor}{RGB}{109,62,18}%
+}{\relax}
+
+\definecolor{egreen}{RGB}{0,120,2}
+\definecolor{ecyan}{RGB}{0,175,152}
+\definecolor{eblue}{RGB}{20,50,104}
+\definecolor{sakura}{RGB}{255,183,197}
+\definecolor{brown}{RGB}{109,62,18}
+
+%% device settings
+%% default=pad
+
+\RequirePackage{geometry}
+\WarningsOff
+\RequirePackage[\ELEGANT@fontsize]{extsizes}
+\WarningsOn
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@device}{pad}{%
+ \geometry{
+ paperwidth=6in,
+ paperheight=8in,
+ includefoot,
+ margin=8mm}}{%
+ \relax}
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@device}{pc}{
+ \geometry{%
+ margin=8mm,
+ paperwidth=6.2in,
+ paperheight=6in,
+ includefoot}}{%
+ \relax}
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@device}{kindle}{%
+ \geometry{
+ margin=8mm,
+ paperwidth=3.68in,
+ paperheight=4.92in}}{%
+ \relax}
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@device}{normal}{%
+ \geometry{
+ margin=1in,
+ a4paper}}{%
+ \relax}
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@device}{screen}{%
+ \geometry{
+ screen,
+ paperwidth=25.4cm,
+ paperheight=19.05cm,
+ margin=1.6cm,
+ headheight=2.17cm,
+ footskip=0.6cm}}{%
+ \relax}
+
+% headings
+\RequirePackage{fancyhdr}
+\renewcommand{\headrulewidth}{0pt}
+\renewcommand{\footrulewidth}{0pt}
+
+\fancypagestyle{fancy-note}{
+ \fancyhf{} % clear header/footer settings
+ \fancyfoot[C]{\footnotesize\textcolor{gray}{\thepage}}
+}
+
+\fancypagestyle{plain}{%
+ \fancyhf{}
+ \fancyfoot[R]{\footnotesize\textcolor{gray}{\thepage}}}
+
+\pagestyle{fancy-note}
+
+
+
+\def\bibfont{\footnotesize}
+
+\def\IfEmpty#1{%
+ \edef\1{\the#1}
+ \ifx\1\empty}
+
+\newtoks\version
+\newtoks\institute
+
+\def \ifempty#1{
+ \def\temp{#1}
+ \ifx\temp\empty}
+
+\renewcommand\maketitle{\par
+ \begingroup
+ \renewcommand\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c@footnote}%
+ \def\@makefnmark{\rlap{\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}}%
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@1.8em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \ifnum \col@number=\@ne
+ \@maketitle
+ \else
+ \twocolumn[\@maketitle]%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \newpage
+ \global\@topnum\z@ % Prevents figures from going at top of page.
+ \@maketitle
+ \fi
+ \thispagestyle{empty}\@thanks
+ \endgroup
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0}%
+ \global\let\thanks\relax
+ \global\let\maketitle\relax
+ \global\let\@maketitle\relax
+ \global\let\@thanks\@empty
+ \global\let\@author\@empty
+ \global\let\@ELEGANT@version\@empty
+ \global\let\@date\@empty
+ \global\let\@title\@empty
+ \global\let\title\relax
+ \global\let\author\relax
+ \global\let\date\relax
+ \global\let\and\relax
+ \global\let\ELEGANT@version\relax}
+
+\def\@maketitle{%
+ \color{ecolor}
+ \null
+ \vskip 2em%
+ \begin{center}%
+ \let \footnote \thanks{%
+ \LARGE\bfseries \@title \par}%
+ \vskip 1.5em {%
+ \large
+ \lineskip .5em%
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{c}%
+ \@author
+ \end{tabular}\\
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{c}%
+ \the\institute
+ \end{tabular}\par}%
+
+ \IfEmpty\version
+ \else
+ {\normalfont\citshape\versiontext\the\version \\}
+ \fi
+ \ifx\@date\empty
+ \else
+ {\normalfont\citshape\updatetext\@date}%
+ \fi
+ \end{center}%
+ \par}
+
+
+\RequirePackage{tikz}
+\usetikzlibrary{shadows}
+\newcommand*{\eitemi}{
+ \tikz\draw[baseline, ball color=ecolor, draw=none] circle (2pt);}
+\newcommand*{\eitemii}{
+ \tikz\draw[baseline, fill=ecolor,draw=none,circular drop shadow] circle (2pt);}
+\newcommand*{\eitemiii}{%
+ \tikz\draw[baseline,fill=ecolor,draw=none] circle (2pt);}
+
+\setlist[enumerate,1]{label=\color{ecolor}\arabic*.}
+\setlist[enumerate,2]{label=\color{ecolor}(\alph*).}
+\setlist[enumerate,3]{label=\color{ecolor}\Roman*.}
+\setlist[enumerate,4]{label=\color{ecolor}\Alph*.}
+\setlist[itemize,1]{label={\eitemi}}
+\setlist[itemize,2]{label={\eitemii}}
+\setlist[itemize,3]{label={\eitemiii}}
+% source1: https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/41408/a-five-level-deep-list
+% source2: https://tex.stackexchange.com/questions/318199/change-color-of-itemize-bullet
+
+
+\RequirePackage{listings,lstautogobble}
+\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{cmtt}
+
+\lstdefinestyle{estyle}{
+ basicstyle=%
+ \ttfamily
+ \lst@ifdisplaystyle\small\fi}
+
+% \lstset{
+% basicstyle=\scriptsize\ttfamily,
+% style=estyle}
+
+\definecolor{lightgrey}{rgb}{0.9,0.9,0.9}
+\definecolor{frenchplum}{RGB}{190,20,83}
+\lstset{language=[LaTeX]TeX,
+ style=estyle,
+ autogobble=true,
+ texcsstyle=*\color{winered},
+ numbers=none,
+ breaklines=true,
+ keywordstyle=\color{winered},
+ commentstyle=\color{gray},
+ emph={%
+ elegantpaper,
+ fontenc,
+ fontspec,
+ xeCJK,
+ FiraMono,
+ xunicode,
+ newtxmath,
+ figure,
+ fig,
+ image,
+ img,
+ table,
+ itemize,
+ enumerate,
+ newtxtext,
+ newtxtt,
+ ctex,
+ microtype,
+ description,
+ times,
+ newtx,
+ booktabs,
+ tabular,
+ PDFLaTeX,
+ XeLaTeX,
+ type1cm,
+ BibTeX,
+ device,
+ color,
+ mode,
+ chinesefont,
+ cite,
+ bibstyle,
+ math,
+ lang,
+ amsthm},
+ emphstyle={\color{frenchplum}},
+ morekeywords={%
+ DeclareSymbolFont,
+ setCJKfamilyfont,
+ SetSymbolFont,
+ toprule,
+ midrule,
+ bottomrule,
+ institute,
+ version,
+ includegraphics,
+ setmainfont,
+ setsansfont,
+ setmonofont ,
+ setCJKmainfont,
+ setCJKsansfont,
+ setCJKmonofont,
+ RequirePackage,
+ figref,
+ pagecolor,
+ definecolor,
+ tabref,
+ email,
+ maketitle,
+ keywords},
+ frame=none,
+ tabsize=2}
+
+\addbibresource[location=local]{reference.bib}
+
+% restore the tt default family to lmodern tt family
+\renewcommand\ttdefault{lmtt}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/image/founder.png b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/image/founder.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7f68e73c6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/image/founder.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/image/logo-blue.png b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/image/logo-blue.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..5b6db8397e
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/image/logo-blue.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/image/logo.png b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/image/logo.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..1252e91ece
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/image/logo.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/image/scatter.pdf b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/image/scatter.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..b217cdc055
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/image/scatter.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/image/scatter.py b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/image/scatter.py
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..576e6b07df
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantnote/image/scatter.py
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+# This file is the source file of the scatter.pdf
+# source page: https://matplotlib.org/gallery/shapes_and_collections/scatter.html
+import numpy as np
+import matplotlib.pyplot as plt
+
+# Fixing random state for reproducibility
+np.random.seed(19680801)
+
+
+N = 50
+x = np.random.rand(N)
+y = np.random.rand(N)
+colors = np.random.rand(N)
+area = (30 * np.random.rand(N))**2 # 0 to 15 point radii
+
+ax = plt.subplot(111)
+ax.scatter(x, y, s=area, c=colors, alpha=0.5)
+
+# Hide the right and top spines
+ax.spines['right'].set_visible(False)
+ax.spines['top'].set_visible(False)
+
+# Only show ticks on the left and bottom spines
+ax.yaxis.set_ticks_position('left')
+ax.xaxis.set_ticks_position('bottom')
+
+plt.savefig('scatter.pdf', transparent=True)
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/License b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/License
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..2244313901
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/License
@@ -0,0 +1,416 @@
+The LaTeX Project Public License
+=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-=-
+
+LPPL Version 1.3c 2008-05-04
+
+Copyright 1999 2002-2008 LaTeX3 Project
+ Everyone is allowed to distribute verbatim copies of this
+ license document, but modification of it is not allowed.
+
+
+PREAMBLE
+========
+
+The LaTeX Project Public License (LPPL) is the primary license under
+which the LaTeX kernel and the base LaTeX packages are distributed.
+
+You may use this license for any work of which you hold the copyright
+and which you wish to distribute. This license may be particularly
+suitable if your work is TeX-related (such as a LaTeX package), but
+it is written in such a way that you can use it even if your work is
+unrelated to TeX.
+
+The section `WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE WORKS UNDER THIS LICENSE',
+below, gives instructions, examples, and recommendations for authors
+who are considering distributing their works under this license.
+
+This license gives conditions under which a work may be distributed
+and modified, as well as conditions under which modified versions of
+that work may be distributed.
+
+We, the LaTeX3 Project, believe that the conditions below give you
+the freedom to make and distribute modified versions of your work
+that conform with whatever technical specifications you wish while
+maintaining the availability, integrity, and reliability of
+that work. If you do not see how to achieve your goal while
+meeting these conditions, then read the document `cfgguide.tex'
+and `modguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution for suggestions.
+
+
+DEFINITIONS
+===========
+
+In this license document the following terms are used:
+
+ `Work'
+ Any work being distributed under this License.
+
+ `Derived Work'
+ Any work that under any applicable law is derived from the Work.
+
+ `Modification'
+ Any procedure that produces a Derived Work under any applicable
+ law -- for example, the production of a file containing an
+ original file associated with the Work or a significant portion of
+ such a file, either verbatim or with modifications and/or
+ translated into another language.
+
+ `Modify'
+ To apply any procedure that produces a Derived Work under any
+ applicable law.
+
+ `Distribution'
+ Making copies of the Work available from one person to another, in
+ whole or in part. Distribution includes (but is not limited to)
+ making any electronic components of the Work accessible by
+ file transfer protocols such as FTP or HTTP or by shared file
+ systems such as Sun's Network File System (NFS).
+
+ `Compiled Work'
+ A version of the Work that has been processed into a form where it
+ is directly usable on a computer system. This processing may
+ include using installation facilities provided by the Work,
+ transformations of the Work, copying of components of the Work, or
+ other activities. Note that modification of any installation
+ facilities provided by the Work constitutes modification of the Work.
+
+ `Current Maintainer'
+ A person or persons nominated as such within the Work. If there is
+ no such explicit nomination then it is the `Copyright Holder' under
+ any applicable law.
+
+ `Base Interpreter'
+ A program or process that is normally needed for running or
+ interpreting a part or the whole of the Work.
+
+ A Base Interpreter may depend on external components but these
+ are not considered part of the Base Interpreter provided that each
+ external component clearly identifies itself whenever it is used
+ interactively. Unless explicitly specified when applying the
+ license to the Work, the only applicable Base Interpreter is a
+ `LaTeX-Format' or in the case of files belonging to the
+ `LaTeX-format' a program implementing the `TeX language'.
+
+
+
+CONDITIONS ON DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
+===========================================
+
+1. Activities other than distribution and/or modification of the Work
+are not covered by this license; they are outside its scope. In
+particular, the act of running the Work is not restricted and no
+requirements are made concerning any offers of support for the Work.
+
+2. You may distribute a complete, unmodified copy of the Work as you
+received it. Distribution of only part of the Work is considered
+modification of the Work, and no right to distribute such a Derived
+Work may be assumed under the terms of this clause.
+
+3. You may distribute a Compiled Work that has been generated from a
+complete, unmodified copy of the Work as distributed under Clause 2
+above, as long as that Compiled Work is distributed in such a way that
+the recipients may install the Compiled Work on their system exactly
+as it would have been installed if they generated a Compiled Work
+directly from the Work.
+
+4. If you are the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may, without
+restriction, modify the Work, thus creating a Derived Work. You may
+also distribute the Derived Work without restriction, including
+Compiled Works generated from the Derived Work. Derived Works
+distributed in this manner by the Current Maintainer are considered to
+be updated versions of the Work.
+
+5. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may modify
+your copy of the Work, thus creating a Derived Work based on the Work,
+and compile this Derived Work, thus creating a Compiled Work based on
+the Derived Work.
+
+6. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may
+distribute a Derived Work provided the following conditions are met
+for every component of the Work unless that component clearly states
+in the copyright notice that it is exempt from that condition. Only
+the Current Maintainer is allowed to add such statements of exemption
+to a component of the Work.
+
+ a. If a component of this Derived Work can be a direct replacement
+ for a component of the Work when that component is used with the
+ Base Interpreter, then, wherever this component of the Work
+ identifies itself to the user when used interactively with that
+ Base Interpreter, the replacement component of this Derived Work
+ clearly and unambiguously identifies itself as a modified version
+ of this component to the user when used interactively with that
+ Base Interpreter.
+
+ b. Every component of the Derived Work contains prominent notices
+ detailing the nature of the changes to that component, or a
+ prominent reference to another file that is distributed as part
+ of the Derived Work and that contains a complete and accurate log
+ of the changes.
+
+ c. No information in the Derived Work implies that any persons,
+ including (but not limited to) the authors of the original version
+ of the Work, provide any support, including (but not limited to)
+ the reporting and handling of errors, to recipients of the
+ Derived Work unless those persons have stated explicitly that
+ they do provide such support for the Derived Work.
+
+ d. You distribute at least one of the following with the Derived Work:
+
+ 1. A complete, unmodified copy of the Work;
+ if your distribution of a modified component is made by
+ offering access to copy the modified component from a
+ designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy
+ the Work from the same or some similar place meets this
+ condition, even though third parties are not compelled to
+ copy the Work along with the modified component;
+
+ 2. Information that is sufficient to obtain a complete,
+ unmodified copy of the Work.
+
+7. If you are not the Current Maintainer of the Work, you may
+distribute a Compiled Work generated from a Derived Work, as long as
+the Derived Work is distributed to all recipients of the Compiled
+Work, and as long as the conditions of Clause 6, above, are met with
+regard to the Derived Work.
+
+8. The conditions above are not intended to prohibit, and hence do not
+apply to, the modification, by any method, of any component so that it
+becomes identical to an updated version of that component of the Work as
+it is distributed by the Current Maintainer under Clause 4, above.
+
+9. Distribution of the Work or any Derived Work in an alternative
+format, where the Work or that Derived Work (in whole or in part) is
+then produced by applying some process to that format, does not relax or
+nullify any sections of this license as they pertain to the results of
+applying that process.
+
+10. a. A Derived Work may be distributed under a different license
+ provided that license itself honors the conditions listed in
+ Clause 6 above, in regard to the Work, though it does not have
+ to honor the rest of the conditions in this license.
+
+ b. If a Derived Work is distributed under a different license, that
+ Derived Work must provide sufficient documentation as part of
+ itself to allow each recipient of that Derived Work to honor the
+ restrictions in Clause 6 above, concerning changes from the Work.
+
+11. This license places no restrictions on works that are unrelated to
+the Work, nor does this license place any restrictions on aggregating
+such works with the Work by any means.
+
+12. Nothing in this license is intended to, or may be used to, prevent
+complete compliance by all parties with all applicable laws.
+
+
+NO WARRANTY
+===========
+
+There is no warranty for the Work. Except when otherwise stated in
+writing, the Copyright Holder provides the Work `as is', without
+warranty of any kind, either expressed or implied, including, but not
+limited to, the implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a
+particular purpose. The entire risk as to the quality and performance
+of the Work is with you. Should the Work prove defective, you assume
+the cost of all necessary servicing, repair, or correction.
+
+In no event unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing
+will The Copyright Holder, or any author named in the components of the
+Work, or any other party who may distribute and/or modify the Work as
+permitted above, be liable to you for damages, including any general,
+special, incidental or consequential damages arising out of any use of
+the Work or out of inability to use the Work (including, but not limited
+to, loss of data, data being rendered inaccurate, or losses sustained by
+anyone as a result of any failure of the Work to operate with any other
+programs), even if the Copyright Holder or said author or said other
+party has been advised of the possibility of such damages.
+
+
+MAINTENANCE OF THE WORK
+=======================
+
+The Work has the status `author-maintained' if the Copyright Holder
+explicitly and prominently states near the primary copyright notice in
+the Work that the Work can only be maintained by the Copyright Holder
+or simply that it is `author-maintained'.
+
+The Work has the status `maintained' if there is a Current Maintainer
+who has indicated in the Work that they are willing to receive error
+reports for the Work (for example, by supplying a valid e-mail
+address). It is not required for the Current Maintainer to acknowledge
+or act upon these error reports.
+
+The Work changes from status `maintained' to `unmaintained' if there
+is no Current Maintainer, or the person stated to be Current
+Maintainer of the work cannot be reached through the indicated means
+of communication for a period of six months, and there are no other
+significant signs of active maintenance.
+
+You can become the Current Maintainer of the Work by agreement with
+any existing Current Maintainer to take over this role.
+
+If the Work is unmaintained, you can become the Current Maintainer of
+the Work through the following steps:
+
+ 1. Make a reasonable attempt to trace the Current Maintainer (and
+ the Copyright Holder, if the two differ) through the means of
+ an Internet or similar search.
+
+ 2. If this search is successful, then enquire whether the Work
+ is still maintained.
+
+ a. If it is being maintained, then ask the Current Maintainer
+ to update their communication data within one month.
+
+ b. If the search is unsuccessful or no action to resume active
+ maintenance is taken by the Current Maintainer, then announce
+ within the pertinent community your intention to take over
+ maintenance. (If the Work is a LaTeX work, this could be
+ done, for example, by posting to comp.text.tex.)
+
+ 3a. If the Current Maintainer is reachable and agrees to pass
+ maintenance of the Work to you, then this takes effect
+ immediately upon announcement.
+
+ b. If the Current Maintainer is not reachable and the Copyright
+ Holder agrees that maintenance of the Work be passed to you,
+ then this takes effect immediately upon announcement.
+
+ 4. If you make an `intention announcement' as described in 2b. above
+ and after three months your intention is challenged neither by
+ the Current Maintainer nor by the Copyright Holder nor by other
+ people, then you may arrange for the Work to be changed so as
+ to name you as the (new) Current Maintainer.
+
+ 5. If the previously unreachable Current Maintainer becomes
+ reachable once more within three months of a change completed
+ under the terms of 3b) or 4), then that Current Maintainer must
+ become or remain the Current Maintainer upon request provided
+ they then update their communication data within one month.
+
+A change in the Current Maintainer does not, of itself, alter the fact
+that the Work is distributed under the LPPL license.
+
+If you become the Current Maintainer of the Work, you should
+immediately provide, within the Work, a prominent and unambiguous
+statement of your status as Current Maintainer. You should also
+announce your new status to the same pertinent community as
+in 2b) above.
+
+
+WHETHER AND HOW TO DISTRIBUTE WORKS UNDER THIS LICENSE
+======================================================
+
+This section contains important instructions, examples, and
+recommendations for authors who are considering distributing their
+works under this license. These authors are addressed as `you' in
+this section.
+
+Choosing This License or Another License
+----------------------------------------
+
+If for any part of your work you want or need to use *distribution*
+conditions that differ significantly from those in this license, then
+do not refer to this license anywhere in your work but, instead,
+distribute your work under a different license. You may use the text
+of this license as a model for your own license, but your license
+should not refer to the LPPL or otherwise give the impression that
+your work is distributed under the LPPL.
+
+The document `modguide.tex' in the base LaTeX distribution explains
+the motivation behind the conditions of this license. It explains,
+for example, why distributing LaTeX under the GNU General Public
+License (GPL) was considered inappropriate. Even if your work is
+unrelated to LaTeX, the discussion in `modguide.tex' may still be
+relevant, and authors intending to distribute their works under any
+license are encouraged to read it.
+
+A Recommendation on Modification Without Distribution
+-----------------------------------------------------
+
+It is wise never to modify a component of the Work, even for your own
+personal use, without also meeting the above conditions for
+distributing the modified component. While you might intend that such
+modifications will never be distributed, often this will happen by
+accident -- you may forget that you have modified that component; or
+it may not occur to you when allowing others to access the modified
+version that you are thus distributing it and violating the conditions
+of this license in ways that could have legal implications and, worse,
+cause problems for the community. It is therefore usually in your
+best interest to keep your copy of the Work identical with the public
+one. Many works provide ways to control the behavior of that work
+without altering any of its licensed components.
+
+How to Use This License
+-----------------------
+
+To use this license, place in each of the components of your work both
+an explicit copyright notice including your name and the year the work
+was authored and/or last substantially modified. Include also a
+statement that the distribution and/or modification of that
+component is constrained by the conditions in this license.
+
+Here is an example of such a notice and statement:
+
+ %% pig.dtx
+ %% Copyright 2005 M. Y. Name
+ %
+ % This work may be distributed and/or modified under the
+ % conditions of the LaTeX Project Public License, either version 1.3
+ % of this license or (at your option) any later version.
+ % The latest version of this license is in
+ % http://www.latex-project.org/lppl.txt
+ % and version 1.3 or later is part of all distributions of LaTeX
+ % version 2005/12/01 or later.
+ %
+ % This work has the LPPL maintenance status `maintained'.
+ %
+ % The Current Maintainer of this work is M. Y. Name.
+ %
+ % This work consists of the files pig.dtx and pig.ins
+ % and the derived file pig.sty.
+
+Given such a notice and statement in a file, the conditions
+given in this license document would apply, with the `Work' referring
+to the three files `pig.dtx', `pig.ins', and `pig.sty' (the last being
+generated from `pig.dtx' using `pig.ins'), the `Base Interpreter'
+referring to any `LaTeX-Format', and both `Copyright Holder' and
+`Current Maintainer' referring to the person `M. Y. Name'.
+
+If you do not want the Maintenance section of LPPL to apply to your
+Work, change `maintained' above into `author-maintained'.
+However, we recommend that you use `maintained', as the Maintenance
+section was added in order to ensure that your Work remains useful to
+the community even when you can no longer maintain and support it
+yourself.
+
+Derived Works That Are Not Replacements
+---------------------------------------
+
+Several clauses of the LPPL specify means to provide reliability and
+stability for the user community. They therefore concern themselves
+with the case that a Derived Work is intended to be used as a
+(compatible or incompatible) replacement of the original Work. If
+this is not the case (e.g., if a few lines of code are reused for a
+completely different task), then clauses 6b and 6d shall not apply.
+
+
+Important Recommendations
+-------------------------
+
+ Defining What Constitutes the Work
+
+ The LPPL requires that distributions of the Work contain all the
+ files of the Work. It is therefore important that you provide a
+ way for the licensee to determine which files constitute the Work.
+ This could, for example, be achieved by explicitly listing all the
+ files of the Work near the copyright notice of each file or by
+ using a line such as:
+
+ % This work consists of all files listed in manifest.txt.
+
+ in that place. In the absence of an unequivocal list it might be
+ impossible for the licensee to determine what is considered by you
+ to comprise the Work and, in such a case, the licensee would be
+ entitled to make reasonable conjectures as to which files comprise
+ the Work.
+
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/README.md b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/README.md
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..75e2f84320
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/README.md
@@ -0,0 +1,29 @@
+<!-- Author: Dongsheng Deng -->
+<!-- Email: ddswhu@outlook.com -->
+
+# ElegantPaper
+
+[Homepage](https://elegantlatex.org/) | [Github](https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantPaper) | [CTAN](https://ctan.org/pkg/elegantpaper) | [Download](https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantPaper/releases) | [Wiki](https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantPaper/wiki) | [Weibo](https://weibo.com/elegantlatex)
+
+![License](https://img.shields.io/ctan/l/elegantpaper.svg)
+![CTAN Version](https://img.shields.io/ctan/v/elegantpaper.svg)
+![Github Version](https://img.shields.io/github/release/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantPaper.svg)
+![Repo Size](https://img.shields.io/github/repo-size/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantPaper.svg)
+
+**Caution: This template will no longer be maintained since January 1st, 2023.**
+
+**注意:本模板自 2023 年 1 月 1 日开始,不再维护,不建议使用本系列模板!**
+
+ElegantPaper is designed for writing a working paper, especially for economics students. This template is based on the standard LaTeX article class. The goal of this template is to make the writing process easier and more comfortable. You can get rid of all the worries about the format. Just enjoy it! If you have any questions, suggestions or bug reports, you can create issues or email us at elegantlatex2e@gmail.com.
+
+此模板基于 LaTeX 的 article 类,专为工作论文写作而设计。设计这个模板的初衷是让作者不用关心工作论文的格式,专心写作,从而有更加舒适,简便的写作体验。如果你有其他问题、建议或者报告 bug,可以提交 issues 或者给我们发邮件:elegantlatex2e@gmail.com。用户 QQ 交流群(Q 群:692108391),欢迎加入。
+
+The official user guide is [here](https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantPaper/releases), or you can refer to the [wiki](https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantPaper/wiki).
+
+模板使用说明请参见[模板文档](https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantPaper/releases),或者 [wiki](https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantPaper/wiki)。
+
+## License
+
+This work is released under the LaTeX Project Public License, v1.3c or later.
+
+本模板发布遵循 LaTeX 项目公共许可证 1.3c 或更高版本。
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/elegantpaper-cn.pdf b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/elegantpaper-cn.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..9eed5768e2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/elegantpaper-cn.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/elegantpaper-cn.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/elegantpaper-cn.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..feb0beba62
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/elegantpaper-cn.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+%!TEX program = xelatex
+% 完整编译: xelatex -> biber/bibtex -> xelatex -> xelatex
+\documentclass[lang=cn,a4paper,newtx]{elegantpaper}
+
+\title{ElegantPaper: 一个优美的 \LaTeX{} 工作论文模板}
+\author{作者1 \\ 某某大学/机构 \and 作者2 \\ 某某大学/机构}
+\institute{\href{https://elegantlatex.org/}{Elegant\LaTeX{} 项目组}}
+
+\version{0.11}
+\date{\zhdate{2022/12/31}}
+
+% 本文档命令
+\usepackage{array}
+\newcommand{\ccr}[1]{\makecell{{\color{#1}\rule{1cm}{1cm}}}}
+\addbibresource[location=local]{reference.bib} % 参考文献,不要删除
+
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{abstract}
+本文为 \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantPaper/}{ElegantPaper} 的说明文档。此模板基于 \LaTeX{} 的 article 类,专为工作论文写作而设计。设计这个模板的初衷是让作者不用关心工作论文的格式,专心写作,从而有更加舒心的写作体验。如果你有其他问题、建议或者报告 bug,可以在 \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantPaper/issues}{GitHub::ElegantPaper/issues} 留言。如果你想了解更多 Elegant\LaTeX{} 项目组设计的模板,请访问 \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/}{GitHub::ElegantLaTeX}。
+\keywords{Elegant\LaTeX{},工作论文,模板}
+\end{abstract}
+
+\section{模板使用须知}
+
+\textcolor{red}{\bfseries 本模板自 2023 年 1 月 1 日开始,不再维护,不建议使用本系列模板!为了保证之前版本的用户仍然能查到说明文档,本说明文档仍然保留过去的信息。}
+
+\subsection{注意事项}
+\textbf{文献部分}:我们将 bibtex 的默认文献编译方式改为 biblatex,不过我们也提供了两个后端,\lstinline{bibend=biber} 和 \lstinline{bibend=bibtex}。特别需要注意的是从 0.10 开始,文献文件改为 \lstinline{reference.bib},与 ElegantBook 保持一致,而参考文献的引文样式等更多格式,请参考后文参考文献部分,更多样式可以参考 biblatex 文档。
+
+\textbf{字体部分},我们将 newtxtext 宏包的支持方式改为了字体名称设定方式,设定英文字体为 TeX Gyre Terms/Heros,英文字体部分,根据编译方式选择不同字体。对于一般用户而言,不太需要关心这部分内容。
+
+另外,中文请务必使用 \hologo{XeLaTeX} 编译。
+
+\subsection{模板介绍}
+
+此模板基于 \LaTeX{} 的标准文类 article 设计,所以 article 文类的选项也能传递给本模板,比如 \lstinline{a4paper, 11pt} 等等。
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\documentclass[a4paper,11pt]{elegantpaper}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\textbf{注意}:Elegant\LaTeX{} 系列模板已经全部上传至 \href{https://www.overleaf.com/latex/templates/elegantpaper-template/yzghrqjhmmmr}{Overleaf} 上,用户可以在线使用。另外,为了方便国内用户,模板也已经传至\href{https://gitee.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantPaper}{码云}。
+
+
+\subsection{全局选项}
+此模板定义了一个语言选项 \lstinline{lang},可以选择英文模式 \lstinline{lang=en}(默认)或者中文模式 \lstinline{lang=cn}。当选择中文模式时,图表的标题引导词以及参考文献,定理引导词等信息会变成中文。你可以通过下面两种方式来选择语言模式:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\documentclass[lang=cn]{elegantpaper} % or
+\documentclass[cn]{elegantpaper}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\textbf{注意:} 英文模式下,由于没有添加中文宏包,无法输入中文。如果需要输入中文,可以通过在导言区引入中文宏包 \lstinline{ctex} 或者加入 \lstinline{xeCJK} 宏包后自行设置字体。
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\usepackage[UTF8,scheme=plain]{ctex}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\subsection{数学字体选项}
+
+本模板定义了一个数学字体选项(\lstinline{math}),可选项有三个:
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item \lstinline{math=cm}(默认),使用 \LaTeX{} 默认数学字体(推荐,无需声明);
+ \item \lstinline{math=newtx},使用 \lstinline{newtxmath} 设置数学字体(潜在问题比较多)。
+ \item \lstinline{math=mtpro2},使用 \lstinline{mtpro2} 宏包设置数学字体,要求用户已经成功安装此宏包。
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\subsection{中文字体选项}
+
+模板提供中文字体选项 \lstinline{chinesefont},可选项有
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item \lstinline{ctexfont}:默认选项,使用 \lstinline{ctex} 宏包根据系统自行选择字体,可能存在字体缺失的问题,更多内容参考 \lstinline{ctex} 宏包\href{https://ctan.org/pkg/ctex}{官方文档}\footnote{可以使用命令提示符,输入 \lstinline{texdoc ctex} 调出本地 \lstinline{ctex} 宏包文档}。
+ \item \lstinline{founder}:方正字体选项(\textbf{需要安装方正字体}),后台调用 \lstinline{ctex} 宏包并且使用 \lstinline{fontset=none} 选项,然后设置字体为方正四款免费字体,方正字体下载注意事项见后文,用户只需要安装方正字体即可使用该选项。
+ \item \lstinline{nofont}:后台会调用 \lstinline{ctex} 宏包并且使用 \lstinline{fontset=none} 选项,不设定中文字体,用户可以自行设置中文字体,具体见后文。
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\subsubsection{方正字体选项}
+由于使用 \lstinline{ctex} 宏包默认调用系统已有的字体,部分系统字体缺失严重,因此,用户希望能够使用其它字体,我们推荐使用方正字体。方正的{\songti 方正书宋}、{\heiti 方正黑体}、{\kaishu 方正楷体}、{\fangsong 方正仿宋}四款字体均可免费试用,且可用于商业用途。用户可以自行从\href{http://www.foundertype.com/}{方正字体官网}下载此四款字体,在下载的时候请\textbf{务必}注意选择 GBK 字符集,也可以使用 \href{https://www.latexstudio.net/}{\LaTeX{} 工作室}提供的\href{https://pan.baidu.com/s/1BgbQM7LoinY7m8yeP25Y7Q}{方正字体,提取码为:njy9} 进行安装。安装时,{\kaishu Win 10 用户请右键选择为全部用户安装,否则会找不到字体。}
+
+\begin{figure}[!htb]
+\centering
+\includegraphics[width=0.9\textwidth]{founder.png}
+\end{figure}
+
+\subsubsection{其他中文字体}
+如果你想完全自定义字体\footnote{这里仍然以方正字体为例。},你可以选择 \lstinline{chinesefont=nofont},然后在导言区设置即可,可以参考下方代码:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\setCJKmainfont[BoldFont={FZHei-B01},ItalicFont={FZKai-Z03}]{FZShuSong-Z01}
+\setCJKsansfont[BoldFont={FZHei-B01}]{FZKai-Z03}
+\setCJKmonofont[BoldFont={FZHei-B01}]{FZFangSong-Z02}
+\setCJKfamilyfont{zhsong}{FZShuSong-Z01}
+\setCJKfamilyfont{zhhei}{FZHei-B01}
+\setCJKfamilyfont{zhkai}[BoldFont={FZHei-B01}]{FZKai-Z03}
+\setCJKfamilyfont{zhfs}[BoldFont={FZHei-B01}]{FZFangSong-Z02}
+\newcommand*{\songti}{\CJKfamily{zhsong}}
+\newcommand*{\heiti}{\CJKfamily{zhhei}}
+\newcommand*{\kaishu}{\CJKfamily{zhkai}}
+\newcommand*{\fangsong}{\CJKfamily{zhfs}}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+
+
+\subsection{自定义命令}
+此模板并没有修改任何默认的 \LaTeX{} 命令或者环境\footnote{目的是保证代码的可复用性,请用户关注内容,不要太在意格式,这才是本工作论文模板的意义。}。另外,本模板可以使用的 4 个额外命令:
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item \lstinline{\email}:创建邮箱地址的链接,比如 \email{xxx@outlook.com};
+ \item \lstinline{\figref}:用法和 \lstinline{\ref} 类似,但是会在插图的标题前添加 <\textbf{图 n}> ;
+ \item \lstinline{\tabref}:用法和 \lstinline{\ref} 类似,但是会在表格的标题前添加 <\textbf{表 n}>;
+ \item \lstinline{\keywords}:为摘要环境添加关键词。
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\subsection{参考文献}
+
+文献部分,本模板调用了 biblatex 宏包,并提供了 biber(默认) 和 bibtex 两个后端选项,可以使用 \lstinline{bibend} 进行修改:
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+ \documentclass[bibtex]{elegantpaper}
+ \documentclass[bibend=bibtex]{elegantpaper}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+关于文献条目(bib item),你可以在谷歌学术,Mendeley,Endnote 中取,然后把它们添加到 \lstinline{reference.bib} 中。在文中引用的时候,引用它们的键值(bib key)即可。
+
+为了方便文献样式修改,模板引入了 \lstinline{bibstyle} 和 \lstinline{citestyle} 选项,默认均为数字格式(numeric),参考文献示例:\cite{cn1,en2,en3} 使用了中国一个大型的 P2P 平台(人人贷)的数据来检验男性投资者和女性投资者在投资表现上是否有显著差异。
+
+如果需要设置为国标 GB7714-2015,需要使用:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+ \documentclass[citestyle=gb7714-2015, bibstyle=gb7714-2015]{elegantpaper}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+如果需要添加排序方式,可以在导言区加入
+\begin{lstlisting}
+ \ExecuteBibliographyOptions{sorting=ynt}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+启用国标之后,可以加入 \lstinline{sorting=gb7714-2015}。
+
+
+\section{使用 newtx 系列字体}
+
+如果需要使用原先版本的 \lstinline{newtx} 系列字体,可以通过显示声明数学字体:
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\documentclass[math=newtx]{elegantpaper}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\subsection{连字符}
+
+如果使用 \lstinline{newtx} 系列字体宏包,需要注意下连字符的问题。
+\begin{equation}
+ \int_{R^q} f(x,y) dy.\emph{of\kern0pt f}
+\end{equation}
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\begin{equation}
+ \int_{R^q} f(x,y) dy.\emph{of \kern0pt f}
+\end{equation}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\subsection{宏包冲突}
+
+有用户反馈模板在使用 \lstinline{yhmath} 以及 \lstinline{esvect} 等宏包时会报错:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+LaTeX Error:
+ Too many symbol fonts declared.
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+原因是在使用 \lstinline{newtxmath} 宏包时,重新定义了数学字体用于大型操作符,达到了 {\heiti 最多 16 个数学字体} 的上限,在调用其他宏包的时候,无法新增数学字体。为了减少调用非常用宏包,在此给出如何调用 \lstinline{yhmath} 以及 \lstinline{esvect} 宏包的方法。
+
+请在 \lstinline{elegantpaper.cls} 内搜索 \lstinline{yhmath} 或者 \lstinline{esvect},将你所需要的宏包加载语句\textit{取消注释}即可。
+
+
+\section{常见问题 FAQ}
+
+\begin{enumerate}[label=\arabic*).]
+ \item \textit{如何删除版本信息?}\\
+ 导言区不写 \lstinline|\version{x.xx}| 即可。
+ \item \textit{如何删除日期?}\\
+ 需要注意的是,与版本 \lstinline{\version} 不同的是,导言区不写或注释 \lstinline{\date} 的话,仍然会打印出当日日期,原因是 \lstinline{\date} 有默认参数。如果不需要日期的话,日期可以留空即可,也即 \lstinline|\date{}|。
+ \item \textit{如何获得中文日期?}\\
+ 为了获得中文日期,必须在中文模式下\footnote{英文模式下,由于未加载中文宏包,无法输入中文。},使用 \lstinline|\date{\zhdate{2019/10/11}}|,如果需要当天的汉化日期,可以使用 \lstinline|\date{\zhtoday}|,这两个命令都来源于 \href{https://ctan.org/pkg/zhnumber}{\lstinline{zhnumber}} 宏包。
+ \item \textit{如何添加多个作者?}\\
+ 在 \lstinline{\author} 里面使用 \lstinline{\and},作者单位可以用 \lstinline{\\} 换行。
+ \begin{lstlisting}
+ \author{author 1\\ org. 1 \and author 2 \\ org. 2 }
+ \end{lstlisting}
+ \item \textit{如何添加中英文摘要?}\\
+ 请参考 \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantPaper/issues/5}{GitHub::ElegantPaper/issues/5}
+\end{enumerate}
+
+
+\section{致谢}
+
+特别感谢 \href{https://github.com/sikouhjw}{sikouhjw} 和 \href{https://github.com/syvshc}{syvshc} 长期以来对于 Github 上 issue 的快速回应,以及各个社区论坛对于 ElegantLaTeX 相关问题的回复。特别感谢 ChinaTeX 以及 \href{http://www.latexstudio.net/}{LaTeX 工作室} 对于本系列模板的大力宣传与推广。
+
+如果你喜欢我们的模板,你可以在 Github 上收藏我们的模板。
+
+\nocite{*}
+\printbibliography[heading=bibintoc, title=\ebibname]
+
+\appendix
+%\appendixpage
+\addappheadtotoc
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/elegantpaper-en.pdf b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/elegantpaper-en.pdf
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..89d191200f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/elegantpaper-en.pdf
Binary files differ
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/elegantpaper-en.tex b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/elegantpaper-en.tex
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7126f03870
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/elegantpaper-en.tex
@@ -0,0 +1,158 @@
+%!TEX program = pdflatex
+% Full chain: pdflatex -> biber/bibtex -> pdflatex -> pdflatex
+\documentclass[11pt,en]{elegantpaper}
+
+\title{ElegantPaper: An Elegant \LaTeX{} Template for Working Papers}
+\author{Author1 \\ Institute1 \and Author2 \\ Institute2}
+\institute{\href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX}{Elegant\LaTeX{} Program}}
+
+\version{0.11}
+\date{Dec. 31, 2022}
+
+% cmd for this doc
+\usepackage{array}
+\newcommand{\ccr}[1]{\makecell{{\color{#1}\rule{1cm}{1cm}}}}
+
+\addbibresource[location=local]{reference.bib} % reference file
+\begin{document}
+
+\maketitle
+
+\begin{abstract}
+This documentation illustrates the usage of the \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantPaper}{ElegantPaper} template. This template is based on the standard \LaTeX{} article class, which is designed for working paper writing. With this template, you can get rid of all the worries about the format and merely focus on writing. For any question, please leave a message on \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantPaper/issues}{GitHub::ElegantPaper/issues}. Want to know more about Elegant\LaTeX{} Templates? Please visit: \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX}{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX}.\par
+\keywords{Elegant\LaTeX{}, Working Paper, Template}
+\end{abstract}
+
+\textcolor{red}{\bfseries Caution: This template will no longer be maintained since January 1st, 2023.}
+
+\section*{Update Notes}
+
+This version changes two important parts: fonts and bibliography.
+
+\textbf{Fonts}: Due to the newtx package updates, we change the font settings for all the templates of ElegantLaTeX. Under \hologo{XeLaTeX}, we use \lstinline{fontspec} package to set the font to TeX Gyre Terms/Heros.
+
+\textbf{Bibliography}: The bib file is no longer \lstinline{wpref.bib}, it's same with ElegantBook bibfile, \lstinline{reference.bib}. Besides, we use biblatex/biber rather than bibtex to handler bibliography, you can use bibstyle and citestyle to set the styles. For convenience, we offer a \lstinline{bibend} option, which can take values of \lstinline{biber} (default) and \lstinline{bibtex}, please refer to Bibliography section and biblatex package document for more information.
+
+\section{Introduction}
+
+This template is based on the standard \LaTeX{} article class, hence the arguments of article class are acceptable (\lstinline{a4paper}, \lstinline{10pt} and etc.). Alternative engines are \hologo{pdfLaTeX} and \hologo{XeLaTeX}.
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\documentclass[a4paper,11pt]{elegantpaper}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\textbf{Note:} ElegantPaper is available on \href{https://www.overleaf.com/latex/templates/elegantpaper-template/yzghrqjhmmmr}{Overleaf} and \href{https://gitee.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantPaper}{gitee}.
+
+\subsection{Global Options}
+Language mode option \lstinline{lang} allows two alternative inputs, \lstinline{lang=en} (default) for English or \lstinline{lang=cn} for Chinese. \lstinline{lang=cn} will make the caption of figure/table, abstract name, refname etc. Chinese. You can use this option as
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\documentclass[lang=cn]{elegantpaper} % or
+\documentclass[cn]{elegantpaper}
+\end{lstlisting}
+\textbf{Note:} Under the English mode \lstinline{lang=en}, Chinese characters are not allowed. To type in Chinese, please load \lstinline{ctex} or \lstinline{xeCJK} package at the preamble as:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\usepackage[UTF8,scheme=plain]{ctex}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\subsection{Math Fonts}
+
+This template defines a new option (\lstinline{math}), with three options:
+
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item \lstinline{math=cm} (default), use \LaTeX{} default math font (recommended).
+ \item \lstinline{math=newtx}, use \lstinline{newtxmath} math font (may bring about bugs).
+ \item \lstinline{math=mtpro2}, use \lstinline{mtpro2} package to set math font.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+
+\subsection{Custom Commands}
+Default \LaTeX{} commands and environments are all the same in this template\footnote{To ensure the codes are replicatable. We recommend users pay more attention to the contents other than formats. This is the meaning of the existence of the template.}. We created four new commands:
+\begin{enumerate}
+ \item \lstinline{\email}: create the hyperlink to email address.
+ \item \lstinline{\figref}: same usage as \lstinline{\ref}, but start with label text \textbf{Figure n}.
+ \item \lstinline{\tabref}: same usage as \lstinline{\ref}, but start with label text \textbf{Table n}.
+ \item \lstinline{\keywords}: create the keywords in the abstract section.
+\end{enumerate}
+
+
+\subsection{Bibliography}
+
+This template uses biblatex to generate the bibliography, the default citestyle and bibliography style are both \lstinline{numeric}. Let's take a glance at the citation effect. ~\cite{en1} use data from a major peer-to-peer lending \cite{en3} marketplace in China to study whether female and male investors evaluate loan performance differently \parencite{en2}.
+
+If you want to use biblatex, you must create a file named \lstinline{reference.bib}, add bib items (from Google Scholar, Mendeley, EndNote, and etc.) to \lstinline{reference.bib} file, then cite the bibkey in the \lstinline{tex} file. The biber will automatically generate the bibliography for the reference you cited.
+
+
+To change the bibliography style, this version introduces two options: \lstinline{citestyle} and \lstinline{bibstyle}, please refer to \href{https://ctan.org/pkg/biblatex}{CTAN:biblatex} for more detail about these options. You can change your bibliography style as
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\documentclass[citestyle=numeric-comp, bibstyle=authoryear]{elegantpaper}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+We also add the \lstinline{bibend} option to this template, you can choose \lstinline{biber} (default) or \lstinline{bibtex} as you like, \lstinline{biber} is recommended.
+
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\documentclass[bibtex]{elegantpaper} % or
+\documentclass[bibend=bibtex]{elegantpaper}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+
+
+\subsection{Use newtx fonts}
+If you use \lstinline{newtx} fonts, you can use the \lstinline{math} option as
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\documentclass[math=newtx]{elegantpaper}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+
+\subsubsection{Hyphens}
+Since the template uses \lstinline{newtx}, please pay attention to the hyphens. For instance,
+\begin{equation}
+\int_{R^q} f(x,y) dy.\emph{of\kern0pt f}
+\end{equation}
+
+The corresponding code is:
+\begin{lstlisting}
+\begin{equation}
+\int_{R^q} f(x,y) dy.\emph{of \kern0pt f}
+\end{equation}
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+\subsubsection{Symbol Fonts}
+Feedback from ElegantBook users claims that error occurs when using our templates with \lstinline{yhmath}, \lstinline{esvect} and other packages.
+\begin{lstlisting}
+LaTeX Error:
+Too many symbol fonts declared.
+\end{lstlisting}
+
+The reason is that the template redefines font for math so that no new math font is allowed to be added. To use \lstinline{yhmath} and/or \lstinline{esvect}, please locate \lstinline{yhmath} or \lstinline{esvect} in \lstinline{elegantpaper.cls}, uncomment corresponding related code.
+
+
+\section{FAQ}
+
+\begin{enumerate}[label=\arabic*).]
+ \item \textit{How to remove the information of version?}\\
+ Please comment \lstinline|\version{x.xx}|.
+ \item \textit{How to remove the information of date?}\\
+ Please type in \lstinline|\date{}|.
+ \item \textit{How to add several authors?}\\
+ Use \lstinline{\and} in \lstinline{\author} and use \lstinline{\\} to start a new line.
+ \begin{lstlisting}
+ \author{author 1\\ org. 1 \and author 2 \\ org. 2 }
+ \end{lstlisting}
+ \item \textit{How to display bilingual abstracts?}\\
+ Please refer to \href{https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantPaper/issues/5}{GitHub::ElegantPaper/issues/5}
+\end{enumerate}
+
+\section{Acknowledgement}
+
+Thank \href{https://github.com/sikouhjw}{sikouhjw} and \href{https://github.com/syvshc}{syvshc} for their quick response to Github issues and continuously support work for ElegantLaTeX. Thank ChinaTeX and \href{http://www.latexstudio.net/}{LaTeX Studio} for their promotion.
+
+
+
+\printbibliography[heading=bibintoc, title=\ebibname]
+
+\appendix
+%\appendixpage
+\addappheadtotoc
+
+
+\end{document}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/elegantpaper.cls b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/elegantpaper.cls
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ca6a74f313
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/elegantpaper.cls
@@ -0,0 +1,371 @@
+% Author: Dongsheng Deng
+% Homepage: https://ddswhu.me/
+% Email: elegantlatex2e@gmail.com
+% Lastest Version: https://github.com/ElegantLaTeX/ElegantPaper
+
+% --- Class structure: identification part
+\ProvidesClass{elegantpaper}[2022/12/31 v0.11 ElegantLaTeX Paper class]
+\NeedsTeXFormat{LaTeX2e}
+
+%%%
+\RequirePackage{kvoptions}
+\RequirePackage{etoolbox}
+\RequirePackage{calc}
+
+\SetupKeyvalOptions{family=ELEGANT, prefix=ELEGANT@, setkeys=\kvsetkeys}
+\newcommand{\ekv}[1]{\kvsetkeys{ELEGANT}{#1}}
+
+\DeclareStringOption[en]{lang}
+\DeclareVoidOption{cn}{\ekv{lang=cn}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{en}{\ekv{lang=en}}
+
+\DeclareStringOption[cm]{math}
+
+\DeclareStringOption[numeric-comp]{citestyle}
+\DeclareStringOption[numeric]{bibstyle}
+
+\DeclareStringOption[biber]{bibend}
+\DeclareVoidOption{biber}{\ekv{bibend=biber}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{bibtex}{\ekv{bibend=bibtex}}
+
+
+\DeclareStringOption[ctexfont]{chinesefont}
+\DeclareVoidOption{ctexfont}{\ekv{chinesefont=ctexfont}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{founder}{\ekv{chinesefont=founder}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{nofont}{\ekv{chinesefont=nofont}}
+
+\DeclareVoidOption{newtx}{\ekv{math=newtx}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{mtpro2}{\ekv{math=mtpro2}}
+\DeclareVoidOption{cm}{\ekv{math=cm}}
+
+\DeclareDefaultOption{\PassOptionsToClass{\CurrentOption}{article}}
+\ProcessKeyvalOptions*\relax
+\LoadClass{article}
+
+\RequirePackage{hyperref}
+\hypersetup{
+ pdfborder={0 0 0},
+ colorlinks=true,
+ linkcolor={winered},
+ urlcolor={winered},
+ filecolor={winered},
+ citecolor={winered},
+ linktoc=all,
+}
+% settings for the hyperref and geometry
+\RequirePackage[
+ left=1in,
+ right=1in,
+ top=1in,
+ bottom=1in,
+ headheight=0pt,
+ headsep=0pt]{geometry}
+\setlength{\headsep}{5pt}
+
+\RequirePackage{amsthm}
+\RequirePackage{amsmath}
+\RequirePackage{amssymb}
+\RequirePackage{indentfirst}
+\RequirePackage{booktabs}
+\RequirePackage{multicol}
+\RequirePackage{multirow}
+% \RequirePackage{linegoal}
+\RequirePackage{xcolor}
+\RequirePackage{graphicx}
+\RequirePackage{fancyvrb}
+\RequirePackage{abstract}
+\RequirePackage{hologo}
+
+\linespread{1.35}
+\graphicspath{{image/}{figure/}{fig/}{img/}}
+
+% caption settings
+\RequirePackage[labelfont={bf}]{caption}
+\captionsetup[table]{skip=3pt}
+\captionsetup[figure]{skip=3pt}
+
+% list/itemize/enumerate setting
+\RequirePackage[shortlabels,inline]{enumitem}
+\setlist{nolistsep}
+
+
+% define the hyperref color
+\RequirePackage{xcolor}
+\definecolor{winered}{rgb}{0.5,0,0}
+
+\definecolor{lightgrey}{rgb}{0.95,0.95,0.95}
+\definecolor{commentcolor}{RGB}{0,100,0}
+\definecolor{frenchplum}{RGB}{190,20,83}
+
+
+% add the email cmd
+\newcommand\email[1]{\href{mailto:#1}{\nolinkurl{#1}}}
+
+% font settings
+
+
+\PassOptionsToPackage{no-math}{fontspec}
+\PassOptionsToPackage{quiet}{fontspec}
+\RequirePackage{iftex}
+
+\ifXeTeX
+ \RequirePackage[no-math]{fontspec}
+ \setmainfont{texgyretermes}[
+ UprightFont = *-regular ,
+ BoldFont = *-bold ,
+ ItalicFont = *-italic ,
+ BoldItalicFont = *-bolditalic ,
+ Extension = .otf ,
+ Scale = 1.0]
+
+ \setsansfont{texgyreheros}[
+ UprightFont = *-regular ,
+ BoldFont = *-bold ,
+ ItalicFont = *-italic ,
+ BoldItalicFont = *-bolditalic ,
+ Extension = .otf ,
+ Scale = 0.9]
+\else
+ \RequirePackage{newtxtext}
+ \RequirePackage[scaled=.90]{helvet}
+\fi
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@lang}{cn}{
+ \ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@chinesefont}{founder}{
+ \RequirePackage[UTF8,scheme=plain,fontset=none]{ctex}
+ \setCJKmainfont[BoldFont={FZHei-B01},ItalicFont={FZKai-Z03}]{FZShuSong-Z01}
+ \setCJKsansfont[BoldFont={FZHei-B01}]{FZKai-Z03}
+ \setCJKmonofont[BoldFont={FZHei-B01}]{FZFangSong-Z02}
+ \setCJKfamilyfont{zhsong}{FZShuSong-Z01}
+ \setCJKfamilyfont{zhhei}{FZHei-B01}
+ \setCJKfamilyfont{zhkai}[BoldFont={FZHei-B01}]{FZKai-Z03}
+ \setCJKfamilyfont{zhfs}[BoldFont={FZHei-B01}]{FZFangSong-Z02}
+ \newcommand*{\songti}{\CJKfamily{zhsong}}
+ \newcommand*{\heiti}{\CJKfamily{zhhei}}
+ \newcommand*{\kaishu}{\CJKfamily{zhkai}}
+ \newcommand*{\fangsong}{\CJKfamily{zhfs}}}{\relax}
+
+ \ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@chinesefont}{nofont}{
+ \RequirePackage[UTF8,scheme=plain,fontset=none]{ctex}}{\relax}
+
+ \ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@chinesefont}{ctexfont}{
+ \RequirePackage[UTF8,scheme=plain]{ctex}}{\relax}
+
+ \AfterEndPreamble{
+ \setlength\parindent{2\ccwd}}
+}{\relax}
+
+
+\ifcsname kaishu\endcsname
+ \newcommand{\citshape}{\kaishu}
+\else
+ \newcommand{\citshape}{\itshape}
+\fi
+\ifcsname kaishu\endcsname
+ \newcommand{\cnormal}{\kaishu}
+\else
+ \newcommand{\cnormal}{\normalfont}
+\fi
+
+\ifcsname fangsong\endcsname
+ \newcommand{\cfs}{\fangsong}
+\else
+ \newcommand{\cfs}{\normalfont}
+\fi
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@math}{newtx}{
+ \RequirePackage{newtxmath}
+ \let\Bbbk\relax
+ \RequirePackage{esint}
+ %%% use yhmath pkg, uncomment following code
+ % \let\oldwidering\widering
+ % \let\widering\undefined
+ % \RequirePackage{yhmath}
+ % \let\widering\oldwidering
+
+ %%% use esvect pkg, uncomment following code
+ % \RequirePackage{esvect}
+
+ \DeclareSymbolFont{CMlargesymbols}{OMX}{cmex}{m}{n}
+ \let\sumop\relax\let\prodop\relax
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\sumop}{\mathop}{CMlargesymbols}{"50}
+ \DeclareMathSymbol{\prodop}{\mathop}{CMlargesymbols}{"51}
+}{\relax}
+
+
+\RequirePackage[
+ backend=\ELEGANT@bibend,
+ citestyle=\ELEGANT@citestyle,
+ bibstyle=\ELEGANT@bibstyle]{biblatex}
+
+\RequirePackage{appendix}
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@lang}{cn}{
+ \theoremstyle{plain}% default
+ \newtheorem{theorem}{定理}[section] %
+ \newtheorem{lemma}[theorem]{引理} %
+ \newtheorem{proposition}[theorem]{命题} %
+ \newtheorem*{corollary}{推论} %
+ \theoremstyle{definition} %
+ \newtheorem{definition}{定义}[section] %
+ \newtheorem{conjecture}{猜想}[section] %
+ \newtheorem{example}{例}[section] %
+ \theoremstyle{remark} %
+ \newtheorem*{remark}{\normalfont\bfseries 评论} %
+ \newtheorem*{note}{\normalfont\bfseries 注} %
+ \newtheorem{case}{\normalfont\bfseries 案例} %
+ \renewcommand*{\proofname}{\normalfont\bfseries 证明} %
+ \renewcommand\contentsname{目录}
+ \renewcommand\refname{参考文献} %
+ \renewcommand\figurename{图} %
+ \renewcommand\tablename{表}%
+ \newcommand\versiontext{版本:}%
+ \newcommand\updatetext{日期:}%
+ \newcommand{\ebibname}{参考文献}
+ \renewcommand\abstractname{摘\hspace{2em}要}
+ \setlength\parindent{2\ccwd}
+ \renewcommand{\abstracttextfont}{\small\citshape\noindent\ignorespaces}
+ % 新定义命令
+ \newcommand{\keywords}[1]{\vskip2ex\par\noindent\normalfont{\bfseries 关键词: } #1}
+ \newcommand\figref[1]{{\bfseries 图~\ref{#1}}}
+ \newcommand\tabref[1]{{\bfseries 表~\ref{#1}}}
+ \renewcommand{\appendixtocname}{附录}
+ \renewcommand{\appendixpagename}{附录}}{\relax}
+
+\ifdefstring{\ELEGANT@lang}{en}{
+ \theoremstyle{plain}% default
+ \newtheorem{theorem}{Theorem}[section] %
+ \newtheorem{lemma}[theorem]{Lemma} %
+ \newtheorem{proposition}[theorem]{Proposition} %
+ \newtheorem*{corollary}{Corollary} %
+ \theoremstyle{definition} %
+ \newtheorem{definition}{Definition}[section] %
+ \newtheorem{conjecture}{Conjecture}[section] %
+ \newtheorem{example}{Example}[section] %
+ \theoremstyle{remark} %
+ \newtheorem*{remark}{Remark} %
+ \newtheorem*{note}{Note} %
+ \newtheorem{case}{Case} %
+ \renewcommand*{\proofname}{\normalfont\bfseries Proof}%
+ \newcommand\versiontext{\itshape Version: }%
+ \newcommand\updatetext{\itshape Date: }%
+ \setlength\parindent{2em}
+ \renewcommand{\abstracttextfont}{\sffamily\small\noindent\ignorespaces}
+ % newcommands defined in this template.
+ \newcommand{\keywords}[1]{\vskip 2ex\par\noindent\normalfont{\bfseries Keywords: } #1}
+ \newcommand\figref[1]{{\bfseries Figure~\ref{#1}}}
+ \newcommand\tabref[1]{{\bfseries Table~\ref{#1}}}
+ \newcommand{\ebibname}{Bibliography}}{\relax}
+
+
+\def\bibfont{\footnotesize}
+
+\AtBeginEnvironment{verbatim}{\microtypesetup{activate=false}}
+\BeforeBeginEnvironment{tabular}{\small}
+\AfterEndEnvironment{tabular}{}
+
+\AtBeginDocument{
+ \setlength{\abovedisplayskip}{3pt}
+ \setlength{\belowdisplayskip}{3pt}
+ \RequirePackage[flushmargin]{footmisc}
+ \setlength{\footnotesep}{12pt}}
+
+\def\IfEmpty#1{%
+ \edef\1{\the#1}
+ \ifx\1\empty
+}
+\newtoks\version
+\newtoks\institute
+
+\renewcommand\maketitle{\par
+ \begingroup
+ \renewcommand\thefootnote{\@fnsymbol\c@footnote}%
+ \def\@makefnmark{\rlap{\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}}%
+ \long\def\@makefntext##1{\parindent 1em\noindent
+ \hb@xt@0.1em{%
+ \hss\@textsuperscript{\normalfont\@thefnmark}}##1}%
+ \if@twocolumn
+ \ifnum \col@number=\@ne
+ \@maketitle
+ \else
+ \twocolumn[\@maketitle]%
+ \fi
+ \else
+ \newpage
+ \global\@topnum\z@ % Prevents figures from going at top of page.
+ \@maketitle
+ \fi
+ \thispagestyle{plain}\@thanks
+ \endgroup
+ \setcounter{footnote}{0}%
+ \global\let\thanks\relax
+ \global\let\maketitle\relax
+ \global\let\@maketitle\relax
+ \global\let\@thanks\@empty
+ \global\let\@author\@empty
+ \global\let\@ELEGANT@version\@empty
+ \global\let\@date\@empty
+ \global\let\@title\@empty
+ \global\let\title\relax
+ \global\let\author\relax
+ \global\let\date\relax
+ \global\let\and\relax
+ \global\let\ELEGANT@version\relax
+}
+\def\@maketitle{%
+ \newpage
+ \null
+ \vskip 2em%
+ \begin{center}%
+ \let \footnote \thanks
+ {\LARGE\bfseries \@title \par}%
+ \vskip 1.5em%
+ {\large
+ \lineskip .5em%
+ \begin{tabular}[t]{c}%
+ \@author\\[1ex]
+ \end{tabular}\par}
+ \the\institute%
+\vskip 0.5ex%
+\IfEmpty\version
+\else
+{\small\normalfont\citshape\versiontext\the\version}
+\fi
+\ifx\@date\empty
+\else
+\vskip 0.1em%
+ {\small\normalfont\citshape\updatetext\@date}%
+\fi
+ \end{center}%
+ \par
+}
+
+
+\RequirePackage{listings}
+\renewcommand{\ttdefault}{cmtt}
+
+\lstdefinestyle{estyle}{
+ basicstyle=%
+ \ttfamily
+ \lst@ifdisplaystyle\footnotesize\fi
+}
+\lstset{basicstyle=\scriptsize\ttfamily,style=estyle}
+
+\lstset{language=[LaTeX]TeX,
+ texcsstyle=*\color{winered},
+ numbers=none,
+ breaklines=true,
+ keywordstyle=\color{winered},
+ frame=tlbr,framesep=4pt,framerule=0pt,
+ commentstyle=\color{commentcolor},
+ emph={elegantpaper,fontenc,fontspec,xeCJK,FiraMono,xunicode,newtxmath,figure,fig,image,img,table,itemize,enumerate,newtxtext,newtxtt,ctex,microtype,description,times,newtx,booktabs,tabular,PDFLaTeX,XeLaTeX,type1cm,BibTeX,cite,gbt7714,lang},
+ emphstyle={\color{frenchplum}},
+ morekeywords={DeclareSymbolFont,SetSymbolFont,toprule,midrule,bottomrule,institute,version,includegraphics,setmainfont,setsansfont,setmonofont ,setCJKmainfont,setCJKsansfont,setCJKmonofont,RequirePackage,figref,tabref,email,maketitle,keywords,zhdate,zhtoday},
+ tabsize=2,
+ backgroundcolor=\color{lightgrey}
+}
+
+
+
+% restore the tt default family to lmodern tt family
+\renewcommand\ttdefault{lmtt}
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/image/founder.png b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/image/founder.png
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..7f68e73c6a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/image/founder.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/reference.bib b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/reference.bib
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..c4870395f2
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/macros/latex/contrib/elegantpaper/reference.bib
@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+
+@article{en3,
+ title={{The Mechanism and Effectiveness of Credit Scoring of P2P Lending Platform: Evidence from Renrendai.com}},
+ author={Li, Qiang and Chen, Liwen and Zeng, Yong},
+ journal={China Finance Review International},
+ volume={8},
+ number={3},
+ pages={256--274},
+ year={2018},
+ publisher={Emerald Publishing Limited}
+}
+
+
+@article{en2,
+ author = {Carlstrom, Charles T and Fuerst, Timothy S},
+ title = {{Agency Costs, Net Worth, and Business Fluctuations: A Computable General Equilibrium Analysis}},
+ journal = {The American Economic Review},
+ pages = {893-910},
+ ISSN = {0002-8282},
+ year = {1997},
+ type = {Journal Article}
+}
+
+@article{en1,
+ author = {Quadrini, Vincenzo},
+ title = {{Financial Frictions in Macroeconomic Fluctuations}},
+ journal = {FRB Richmond Economic Quarterly},
+ volume = {97},
+ number = {3},
+ pages = {209-254},
+ year = {2011},
+ type = {Journal Article}
+}
+
+@article{cn1,
+ author = {方军雄},
+ key = {fang1 jun1 xiong2},
+ title = {{所有制、制度环境与信贷资金配置}},
+ journal = {经济研究},
+ number = {12},
+ pages = {82-92},
+ ISSN = {0577-9154},
+ year = {2007},
+ type = {Journal Article}
+}
+
+@article{cn2,
+ author = {刘凤良 and 章潇萌 and 于泽},
+ key = {liu2 feng4 liang2 zhang1 xiao1 meng2 yu2 ze2},
+ title = {{高投资、结构失衡与价格指数二元分化}},
+ journal = {金融研究},
+ number = {02},
+ pages = {54-69},
+ ISSN = {1002-7246},
+ year = {2017},
+ type = {Journal Article}
+}
+
+@article{cn3,
+ author = {吕捷 and 王高望},
+ key = {lv3 jie2 wang2 gao1 wang4},
+ title = {{CPI 与 PPI “背离”的结构性解释}},
+ journal = {经济研究},
+ volume = {50},
+ number = {04},
+ pages = {136-149},
+ ISSN = {0577-9154},
+ year = {2015},
+ type = {Journal Article}
+}
+